Book your Honda Service with Padgetts Motorcycles

Throughout 2025, if you book your Honda for a service at Padgetts Motorcycles, we’ll give you a free tin of Honda Helmet & Visor Care

 

Honda reveals ground-breaking new ICE concept at EICMA 2024

  • A four-stroke, 75° V3 powerplant equipped with electrical compressor to deliver significant torque boost through the low- to mid-range, irrespective of engine rpm
  • Newly developed for larger capacity motorcycles
  • Compact and extremely slim dimensions with huge new model potential

Today at EICMA 2024 saw the unveiling of Honda’s EV FUN and EV Urban concepts – meaning an exciting, electrically charged two-wheeled future feels much closer.

But – and in parallel – Honda’s R&D engineers have applied some innovative thinking to what their next generation of high-efficiency, high-output Internal Combustion Engines (ICE) could look, feel and perform like. And designed something very special.

The water-cooled, 75° V3 engine is being newly developed for larger displacement machines and has been designed to be extremely slim and compact. It features the world’s first electrical compressor for motorcycles, which is able to control compression of the intake air irrespective of engine rpm, meaning that high-response torque can be delivered even from lower rpm.

In addition, the electrical compressor allows a high degree of freedom of layout of all components in the limited space available on a motorcycle, and an efficient centralization of mass. It also does not require an intercooler.

Those with long memories will remember the last time Honda had a V3 engine for the road – the seminal two-stroke NS400R of the mid-1980s. Now, 40 years later – and in a completely different world – the potential of this new direction is obvious, with breathtaking possibilities in terms of models to come. Development will continue towards mass production and towards Honda’s goal of enabling customers to further experience the unique joy of riding and owning a motorcycle.

25YM Honda NC750X

Model updates: One of Europe’s favourite twin-cylinder all-rounders, the NC750X – complete with its ‘signature’ 23L internal storage – receives a host of detail updates led by refreshed styling and revised LED headlight. A new five-inch TFT display allows smartphone connectivity via Honda RoadSync through a new intuitive and backlit four-way toggle switch on the left handlebar. Front braking is now taken care of by dual 296mm discs and two-piston calipers and the wheels are also a lightweight new design. Specification includes Showa 41mm SBDV telescopic forks and Pro-Link rear suspension and, as before, effortless acceleration is on tap from the torquey 745cc twin-cylinder engine, equipped with Throttle By Wire, three default riding modes and Three-Level Honda Selectable Torque Control. The popular Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT) option also gets a low-speed response upgrade and an A2 licence, 35kW version is available. Looking toward enhanced sustainability the NC750X is also the first Honda to use coloured Durabio in the manufacture of two of the four crisp new 25YM colours.

Contents:

  1. Introduction
  2. Model overview
  3. Key features
  4. Accessories
  5. Technical specifications 

1. Introduction

Since its introduction (as the NC700X) in 2012, the NC750X has enjoyed consistent popularity throughout Europe. Reasons for the success are several: a ground-breaking, torque-laden, fuel-sipping twin-cylinder engine, a relaxed, roomy riding position with wide handlebars and comfortable seat, compliant suspension and distinctive adventure-inspired styling all play their part.

Other draws come in the shape of the novel storage compartment (where the fuel tank would normally be), which can hold a full-face helmet, and Honda’s unique Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT) that over half of European customers have chosen since 2021.

Viewed as a whole, the NC750X’s qualities combine to create a motorcycle which functions superbly for all types of riding: commuting, touring and simply for pleasure – it has proved a motorcycle with compelling all-round appeal.

Honda has taken care to continuously evolve the NC750X’s successful (and unique) formula, with several upgrades over the years. For 2014 it gained a performance boost from the addition of 75cc to its engine capacity, going from 670 to 745cc; for 2016 a new more adventurous aesthetic, new instruments, DCT upgrades and LED lighting were added. For 2018 two-level Honda Selectable Torque Control (HSTC) and an A2-friendly 35kW version arrived.

In 2021 Honda built on the NC750X’s core strengths of practicality, do-it-all comfort and handling composure, by improving all three. At the same time, it gained more spirited engine performance, with an injection of extra torque and top-end zap, and a raised redline. It was also 6kg lighter, with 30mm lower seat height. The addition of Throttle By Wire, electronic riding modes and revisions to HSTC were the final polish of an extremely complete package.

For 25YM the NC750X continues its development path with increased use of sustainable materials in its manufacture, new styling, more technology, and refined DCT response and handling performance. It remains, as ever, a true Honda all-rounder.

– 

2. Model Overview

Sharp new bodywork, with a minimalist style, defines the silhouette and builds in a protective screen and revised LED headlight design. A new five-inch full colour TFT screen features revised menus and colourings, designed for improved readability on bright days. The unit also features Honda RoadSync connectivity, which is managed by a new, easy-to-use four-way left hand backlit toggle switch. This allows the rider to now enjoy on-screen, turn-by-turn navigation in addition to other smartphone features. Seat height is set at an accessible 800mm, and the unique storage area where the fuel tank would normally be offers 23L of volume.

The parallel twin-cylinder engine blends strong low- to mid-range performance with easy manners and excellent fuel efficiency. Peak power is 43.1kW with an impressive maximum torque of 69Nm. A near 400km fuel range is achievable from the 14.1L fuel tank.

Throttle By Wire (TBW) serves three default rider modes plus a customisable USER choice, while Honda Selectable Torque Control (HSTC) features input over three levels, with newly refined RAIN mode. The Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT) option has automatic shifting schedules that integrate with the riding modes; the USER mode allows the rider to choose their preferred programme. For 25YM, the DCT has been updated and refined for smoother low-speed response. 

The tubular steel frame chassis houses 41mm telescopic front forks and Pro-Link rear monoshock. For 25YM dual 296mm discs replace the single front disc of the previous design; the 17-inch front/rear wheels feature a new lightweight ‘3by3’ design, which offsets the additional weight of the new front brake system.

The 25YM NC750X will be available in the following colour options:

  • **NEW** Earth Khaki with Graphite Black trim
  • **NEW** Earth Black with Mat Beta Silver Metallic trim
  • **NEW** Mat Pearl Glare White with Graphite Black trim
  • **NEW** Fighting Red with Graphite Black trim

3. Key Features
     3.1 Styling & Equipment

  • Refreshed styling and distinctive new LED headlight exude tough durability
  • New five-inch TFT display offers Honda RoadSync smartphone connectivity 
  • Application of Durabio and recycled materials in bodywork
  • Integral 23L storage space holds an adventure-style full-face helmet

The 25YM NC750X adopts a new dynamic, tough identity thanks to evolved upper and lower fairings with sharp creases and detail lines. Revisions to the fairing’s structure, and how they affix to the bike, also improve the ease of removal and installation of the fairings, and ultimately improve the overall ease of maintenance.

Other revisions to the NC750X include a new a new seat skin with added stitching, which amplifies the premium feel of the bike, and a revised muscular cover for the storage area that sits where the tank usually would. A new LED headlight provides the bike with a strong frontal signature. The screen also offers excellent wind and weather protection, whilst slim side panels, covers and a revised tail unit emphasise a ‘mass-forward’ stance. To tailor the bike to individual’s needs, a height adjustable screen is available as an optional accessory as is a new comfort seat, which uses additional urethane padding to provide a more comfortable ride. 

This generation of NC750X makes increased use of the sustainable material DurabioTM (a bio-based polycarbonate resin), which has now been applied in the manufacture for some fairing parts, windscreen and other components. The NC750X is the first Honda to utilise coloured Durabio; with six parts employed throughout the bike in the Khaki and Black colourways. 

A unique NC feature – the storage area where the fuel tank traditionally sits – has 23L volume and careful internal shaping allows it to hold an adventure style helmet. There’s also an optional USB socket, which can be installed – tucked away on the upper left of the compartment as well as an optional divider, which compartmentalises the luggage space for improved useability. 

Premium technology, in the form of a new five-inch full colour TFT screen, uses optical bonding to improve visibility in bright sunlight. By sealing the gap between the cover glass and TFT screen with resin, glare is reduced, and visibility improved. The display itself is customisable between ‘Bar’, ‘Circle’ and ‘Simple’ display patterns and offers smartphone connectivity via Honda RoadSync.

Honda RoadSync, alongside a new simplified, easy-to-use, backlit four-way toggle-switch on the left handlebar, allows straightforward, on-screen turn-by-turn navigation as well as the option (via a Bluetooth helmet headset) for the rider to make calls, listen to music or receive voice feedback of weather conditions. All an owner needs to do is download the free Honda RoadSync app from either the Play Store or the App Store, connect to the NC750X, and go.

The rear indicators have an Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) function. If negative acceleration of 6.0m/s2 is detected at a minimum speed of 56km/h with either brake working, the hazard lights flash to warn other road users a hard stop is in process. At the same speed the threshold is reduced if ABS is activated to a negative acceleration of a minimum 2.5m/s2

A ‘wave’ key features the Honda Ignition Security System (HISS). If the ID chip embedded in the key and the ID in the Engine Control Unit (ECU) do not match, the engine will not start.

3.2 Engine 

  • Peak power of 43.1kW with 69Nm torque
  • EURO5+ compliant, with 3.6l/100km fuel efficiency
  • Assist/slipper clutch control available on MT models
  • 35kW A2 licence version available

The design of the NC750X’s liquid-cooled, SOHC 8-valve parallel twin-cylinder engine ensures punchy performance in the low-to-mid range. Its relatively long-stroke architecture and specially shaped combustion chambers combine with the high-inertial mass crankshaft to produce large amounts of effortless torque from very low rpm. A forward cant brings the centre of gravity down for optimum stability.

Peak power of 43.1kW @ 6,750rpm is matched to maximum torque of 69Nm @ 4,750rpm. Bore and stroke are set at 77mm and 80mm respectively, with the compression ratio at 10.7:1.

For A2 licence holders a 35kW version is available, which can be easily converted to the full power version by a Honda dealer at the appropriate time. Equally, it is possible to restrict the full power version to 35kW by a Honda dealer remapping the ECU. An assist/slipper clutch reduces lever load and manages rear-wheel lock up under fast down changes of the manual 6-speed gearbox while decelerating.

Twin balancers counteract vibration from higher rpm inertia without affecting the distinct ‘throb’ delivered by the engine’s irregular firing order and 270° phased crankshaft. Where possible components are made to do more than one job: the camshaft drives the water pump, while one of the balancer shafts drives the oil pump. By keeping the number of parts to a minimum in this way, the engine is kept light, efficient and reliable.

A lightweight pentagon-shaped muffler uses two chambers joined by a hole-punched link pipe, which works with a final resonator chamber to create a deep, distinctive sound and exhaust pulse. And the NC750X engine sips fuel ­– with a measured consumption of 28.3km/l (WMTC mode) – providing a near 400km range from the 14.1-litre under seat fuel tank. It also now has an OBD-2 sensor and new catalyser to optimise emissions for Euro5+ compliance.

3.3 Engine Electronics 

  • Throttle By Wire delivers three default riding modes, plus USER customisation
  • Three-level Honda Selectable Torque Control features smooth management and refined Rain mode

With TBW managing engine performance and character there are three modes for the rider to choose from for various riding conditions, with pre-set combinations of settings for Power, Engine Braking and Honda Selectable Torque Control. Mode selection is managed between the left-hand switchgear and the LCD display.

  • SPORT gives more aggressive delivery of engine Power (P) and Engine Braking (EB), with low HSTC intervention and DCT mode four.
  • RAIN delivers P and EB least aggressively, has high HSTC intervention and Level one for the DCT shift pattern. It has been refined for smoother intervention of HSTC.
  • STANDARD delivers a balanced middle point for P, EB and HSTC, plus mode two for the DCT.
  • USER offers custom options of low/medium/high for delivery of P and EB braking, low/ medium/ high/ off for HSTC, and four different shift patterns for DCT.

Honda Selectable Torque Control (HSTC) is fitted as standard on both the manual and DCT NC750X. It offers soft, intuitive control as it manages rear wheel torque thanks to TBW, over three levels:

  • Level 1 allows the minimum intervention for some rear wheel spin – on gravel or dirt for instance.
  • Level 2 is the default setting and provides confidence-inspiring traction for general riding conditions.
  • Level 3 provides maximum control for slippery roads, and links to the new RAIN mode settings.

HSTC can also be switched OFF.

3.4 Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT)

  • Improved starting/slow-speed response uses same clutch oil pressure estimation update as 24YM Africa Twin
  • Differing shifting schedules link with riding modes
  • USER mode allows choice of settings from smooth to aggressive 

Honda’s DCT technology is now in its 14th year of production, and over 230,000 units of DCT-equipped Honda two-wheelers have been sold in Europe since 2010. It delivers consistent, seamless gear changes up or down and very quickly becomes second nature in use. It uses two clutches: one for start-up and 1st, 3rd and 5th, the other for 2nd, 4th and 6th, with the mainshaft for each clutch located inside the other for compact packaging.

The system delivers consistent, seamless gear changes and very quickly becomes second nature in use. It uses two clutches: one for start-up and 1st, 3rd and 5th gears, the other for 2nd, 4th and 6th, with the mainshaft for each clutch located inside the other for compact packaging. Each clutch is independently controlled by its own electro-hydraulic circuit. When a gear change occurs, the system pre-selects the target gear using the clutch not currently in use. The first clutch is then electronically disengaged as, simultaneously, the second clutch engages.

For the 25YM update smoother starting from standstill and control at low speed – under 10km/h – were the targets. This requires a ‘quick yet gentle’ driving force at small throttle openings.

Surpassing the operating parameters of the previous generation DCT, the new version estimates the oil pressure of the clutch piston chamber and completely reviews the way feedback gain is applied – rather than just relying on an oil pressure sensor upstream of the clutch piston – resulting in improved, more delicate clutch response. Alongside the way TBW now opens from closed, the DCT also features a dedicated setting for extremely low speed running.

Consistent, fast and seamless gear changes are always on offer. As the twin clutches transfer drive from one gear to the next with minimal interruption of the drive to the rear wheel, any gear change shock and pitching of the machine is minimised, making the change feel direct as well as smooth. Extra benefits include durability (as the cogs cannot be damaged by missing a gear) impossibility of stalling, low stress urban riding, reduced rider fatigue and – crucially – the ability to concentrate more on riding lines, braking and acceleration points.

The DCT system offers two distinct riding approaches – Automatic Transmission (AT), with pre-programmed shift patterns which constantly read vehicle speed, selected gear and engine rpm to decide when a shift should occur, and Manual Transmission (MT), for gear changes using the paddle-shift style triggers on the left handlebar.

Through TBW control there are four automatic shifting schedules available. Level One is the most relaxed, with upshifts and downshifts operating at relatively low rpm; it is linked with the RAIN riding mode. Level Four, on the other extreme, shifts up at higher rpm and also downshifts earlier for more engine braking effect; it is linked with the SPORT mode. Level Two is linked with STANDARD riding mode, with Level Three situated between STANDARD and SPORT.

The USER mode functionality allows the rider to select any of the DCT shift patterns with the preferred permutations of the other parameters – power delivery, engine braking, and HSTC.

– 

3.5 Chassis

  • Tubular steel diamond frame, 41mm SDBV telescopic forks, Pro-Link rear monoshock adjustable for spring preload
  • New dual axial mount two-piston front brake calipers, 296mm floating discs and ABS
  • New, lightweight ‘3by3’ wheel design for 17-inch front and rear

Core of the chassis is a tubular steel diamond frame; it’s both light weight and strong. The riding position is upright and neutral, with a high viewpoint for enhanced hazard perception. Another advantage of this adventure-style riding position is great low-speed control – combined with the low centre of gravity and generous steering lock, the result is exceptional low-speed handling and balance.

Caster Angle is set at 27° with trail of 110mm, wheelbase at 1,525mm (1,530mm DCT) and front/rear weight distribution of 49/51. Kerb weight is 216kg (226kg DCT). Seat height is 802mm.

41mm telescopic forks employ 120mm travel and use Showa Dual Bending Valves (SDBV) with ratios optimised for both compression and rebound damping. This allows the creation of damping force in precise proportion to piston speed – from the low-speed range – improving ride quality and comfort. The rear monoshock features a spring preload adjuster system with 120mm travel. It operates through Pro-Link that offers an optimised balance of a soft initial stroke together with excellent control, for dealing with a wide range of riding scenarios. 

Up front, the single 320mm wavy disc and two-piston brake caliper of the previous design have been replaced by dual two-piston axial-mount calipers and 296mm floating discs; offering confidence-inspiring braking power and confidence in all conditions. Rear braking is provided by a 240mm disc and single-piston caliper as before. Lightweight two-channel ABS provides powerful and confident braking even on slippery or wet road surfaces.

New ‘3by3’ spoke cast aluminium front and rear wheels – sizes 17 x 3.50-inch and 17 x 4.50-inch – wear 120/70 ZR17 and 160/60 ZR17 tyres and save 1.8kg, negating the extra weight of the revised front braking system.

4. Accessories

An expanded range of Genuine Honda Accessories are available, with 14 new items, for the NC750X either individually or in carefully curated packs for added convenience.

The Urban Pack enhances daily commuting ability: 

  • Resin Rear Carrier
  • Main Stand
  • 50L Top Box
  • 25L Top Box Inner Bag
  • Aluminium Top Box Panel
  • Top Box Pad / Cushion 
  • Luggage Divider 

The Travel Pack increases carrying capacity and convenience:

  • Panniers 36L right/ 37L left & supports
  • Pannier Inner Bags
  • Aluminium Pannier Panels

The Adventure Pack gives extra road presence: 

  • Front Side Pipe
  • Led Fog Lights
  • Knuckle Guards

The Comfort Park ups ride quality, comfort and practicality:

  • Adjustable Screen
  • Comfort rider seat
  • Comfort pillion seat
  • Foot Deflector Set
  • Heated Grips

The following accessories are also available:

  • 38L Top Box
  • USB Charger
  • U-Lock
  • Alarm unit and security buzzer

5. Technical Specifications  

 

25YM NC750X

25YM NC750X DCT

25YM NC750X (A2)

25YM NC750X DCT (A2)

ENGINE

Engine Type

Liqued-cooled, four stroke, eight valve SOHC Parallel Twin

Engine Displacement

745 cc

Bore x Stroke (mm)

77 mm x 80 mm

Compression Ratio

10.7:1

Max. Power Output

43.1 kW at 6,750 rpm

35 kW at 6,000 rpm

Max. Torque

69 Nm at 4,750 rpm

65 Nm at 4,000 rpm

Stationary sound level – dB (A)

88 dB (A)

Max Speed

173 km/h

170 km/h

164 km/h

162 km/h

Oil Capacity

4.0 L

Starter

E-Starter

FUEL SYSTEM

Carburation

PGM-FI Fuel Injection

Fuel Tank Capacity

14.1 L

CO2 Emissions (WMTC)

82 g/km

Fuel Consumption

3.5 L/100km

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Battery Type

AGM

Battery Capacity

12 V 11 Ah(10HR) / 11.6 Ah(20HR)

DRIVETRAIN

Clutch Type

Wet Multiplate Clutch

2x Wet Multiplate Clutch

Wet Multiplate Clutch

2x Wet Multiplate Clutch

Transmission Type

6-speed manual transmission

6-speed Dual Clutch Transmission

6-speed manual transmission

6-speed Dual Clutch Transmission

Final Drive

Chain

FRAME

Frame Type

Diamond Steel Pipe Frame

CHASSIS

Dimensions (L'W'H)

2,210 mm x 846 mm x 1,330 mm

Wheelbase

1,525 mm

1,530 mm

1,525 mm

1,530 mm

Caster Angle

27°

Trail

110 mm

Seat Height

802 mm

Ground Clearance

145 mm

Kerb Weight

216 kg

226 kg

216 kg

226 kg

Turning radius

3 m

SUSPENSION

Suspension Front

41mm telescopic fork 120mm stroke

Suspension Rear

Monoshock damper, Pro-Link swingarm 120mm travel

WHEELS

Wheels Front

17M/C X MT3.50 Multi-spoke cast aluminium

Wheels Rear

17M/C X MT4.50 Multi-spoke cast aluminium

Tyres Front

120/70ZR17 M/C

Tyres Rear

160/60ZR17 M/C

BRAKES

ABS Type

Dual-channel ABS

Brakes Front

Axial mounted twin-piston brake caliper, 296 mm floating double disc

Brakes Rear

Single piston caliper, 240 mm single disc

INSTRUMENTS & ELECTRICS

Instruments

5-inch TFT Screen

Headlight

LED

Taillight

LED

Connectivity

Roadsync

USB

Optional (Type-C)

Security System

HISS

Riding mode

Standard, Sport, Rain, User 1 and User 2

HSTC

3 Level + OFF

All specifications are provisional and subject to change without notice.

# Please note that the figures provided are results obtained by Honda under standardised testing conditions prescribed by WMTC. Tests are conducted on a rolling road using a standard version of the vehicle with only one rider and no additional optional equipment. Actual fuel consumption may vary depending on how you ride, how you maintain your vehicle, weather, road conditions, tire pressure, installation of accessories, cargo, rider and passenger weight, and other factors. 

25YM Honda CB750 Hornet

Model updates: Honda’s hard-stinging twin-cylinder Hornet builds on its popularity for 25YM, with an aggressively re-chiselled face courtesy of an all-new dual LED projector headlight unit and cockpit cowl while a new five-inch TFT screen features new menu designs, and retains Honda RoadSync smartphone connectivity. Carrying zero excess mass, class-leading power-to-weight ratio is delivered by a 67.5kW and 75Nm engine driving a 192kg package. The eight-valve parallel twin-cylinder unit delivers both top end buzz and strong mid-range usability, combining with an ultra-lightweight frame for supremely agile side-to-side performance and instant, riotous acceleration. Throttle By Wire (TBW) serves up three riding modes and three-level Honda Selectable Torque Control (HSTC) with integrated Wheelie Control, plus three levels of Engine Braking and Power delivery. Full Showa suspension comprises 41mm Separate Fork Function Big Piston (SFF-BPTM) USD forks and (revised) rear shock working through Pro-Link. New suspension settings for 25YM offer increased front end feel for a sportier and more enjoyable ride. Dual, radial-mount four-piston calipers bite hard. The indicators auto-cancel and Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) technology is included. An A2 licence option is also available.

Contents

  1. Introduction
  2. Model overview
  3. Key features
  4. Accessories
  5. Technical specifications

1. Introduction 

The original 1998 CB600F Hornet grew to be a hugely popular bike in Europe, for many reasons. Its compact, naked form was great around town, and it had the engine power and handling ability to carve a section of corners with joyous enthusiasm. Different iterations of the Hornet took it in the direction of sports touring and – in the hands of Hornet Cup racers –an outright race bike, while a 2007 upgrade added extra RR-derived top-end power and much more aggressive style.

Every individual owner had a reason why their Hornet was so good, but two things remained constant throughout its life and development:

It was great fun to ride. And the fun came with an affordable price tag.

23YM was the perfect time for a new Hornet to land – a bike for the time and a whole new generation of riders. It had big tyre tracks to fill and serious competitors to contend with. None of which was lost on Honda’s development engineers.

This background drove the creation of something quite special – the CB750 Hornet, a bike which took inspiration and direction from its ancestor but brought the celebrated Hornet brand right back to the cutting edge. And packed it with a direct injection of excitement and pure-thrill adrenaline. 

With minimalist streetfighter styling led by the latest generation of creative minds in Honda’s Rome R&D facility, it was developed to attract younger riders looking for a serious move up. In a nutshell, Honda armed the CB750 Hornet with a class-leading power-to-weight ratio. 

And, to keep things simple, three words can be used to sum it up: Fast, agile, fun.

For 25YM, the trademark Hornet’s svelte, taut styling is amplified through a newly developed, powerful light unit. Giving it a look of its own within the three-bike Hornet family, the CB750’s dual LED dual projector headlight sits low and centered for a true streetfighter silhouette. 

Revised suspension settings and a new five-inch TFT screen round out the changes, and bring the CB750 Hornet’s style and tech bang up to date.

2. Model Overview

The Hornet’s engine packs a great deal of Honda’s engineering prowess into a small space. Headline numbers: 755cc parallel twin-cylinder, 67.5kW peak power and 75Nm torque. With wet weight of 192kg it has a class-leading power-to-weight ratio of 0.36kW per kg / 2.81kg per kW.

Compact, competition CRF-derived Unicam eight-valve cylinder heads employ downdraft air intakes and a Vortex Flow Duct to ensure optimal combustion. A 270° crank delivers feel and character; the primary drive doubles as balance shaft while an assist/slipper clutch manages a six-speed gearbox. Electronic rider aids thanks to Throttle By Wire (TBW) include three riding modes (plus USER mode), three-level Honda Selectable Torque Control (HSTC), Wheelie Control with three-level Engine Power and Engine Braking adjustment.

To maximise the engine’s potential, it’s housed in a steel diamond frame, which is extremely light weight thanks to optimisation of wall/pipe thickness and stiffness. For optimal agility and rider feedback, suspension is top quality: Showa 41mm SFF-BPTM USD forks and rear shock (with new settings for 25YM) operating through Pro-Link. Dual four-piston, radial-mount calipers stop hard while the tyres are sized to provide perfect levels of grip and agility – a 120-section front matched to 160 rear.

The rich specification list is headlined by an all-new look, built around a low-set, centrally mounted dual LED projector headlight, tautly wrapped in a revised cowl that oozes streetfighter style. The CB750 Hornet now owns a style that is distinct from its larger and smaller siblings, carving out an identity all of its own. 

Also new is the five-inch TFT colour display which supplies vivid information delivery and management of all systems, as well as the connectivity of Honda RoadSync system for both Android and IOS devices. It’s operated, easily, by a four-way toggle switch on the left handlebar.

A range of Genuine Honda Accessories, including updated quickshifter, soft luggage, engine protectors and cosmetic enhancements are ready to go. New for 25YM are honeycomb pattern knee grip Tank Pads, Dark Smoke Instrument Visor, headlight stripe, stainless Radiator Grill and loud volume Alarm.

The 25YM CB750 Hornet will be available in the following colour combinations:

  • **NEW** Mat Ballistic Black over Mat Ballistic Black Metallic
  • **NEW** Digital Silver Metallic over Mat Ballistic Black Metallic
  • **NEW** Glint Wave Blue Metallic over Mat Ballistic Black Metallic
  • Mat Pearl Glare white over Cuprite Red Metallic

3. Key Features

    3.1 Engine

  • 755cc parallel twin 8 valve unicam engine
  • 67.5kW @ 9,500rpm and 75Nm @ 7,250rpm
  • 270° crankshaft and uneven firing order for maximum engine character
  • Patented Vortex Air Flow ducts 
  • Assist /slipper clutch control
  • 23km/l fuel economy with a potential 340km tank range

The parallel twin-cylinder powerplant packs a hugely enjoyable punch to give the Hornet its performance edge. It’s designed for every rider to exploit to the maximum, with exhilarating peak power output, but also to deliver accessible low to mid-range usability – perfect for the less experienced, and a major boost to the enjoyment of everyday town riding.

755cc, with an 8-valve Unicam cylinder head it pumps out 67.5kW @ 9,500rpm with 75Nm torque @ 7,250rpm. Bore and stroke is set at 87 x 63.5mm with compression ratio of 11.0:1. Compact and lightweight (and a configuration used by the MX competition-ready CRF450R) the Unicam head operates the 35.5mm inlet valves via cam, and the 29mm exhaust by rocker arms. Inlet lift is 9.3mm, exhaust 8.2mm.

For razor-sharp pick-up and throttle response patented Vortex Flow Ducts create a more uniform distribution from the side scoops into the airbox, which then feeds downdraft intakes and 46mm diameter throttle bodies. An aesthetic update for 25YM is removal of the breather tube which ran across the engine – it has been re-sited for a much cleaner look.

The 270° crank and uneven firing order create a characterful, twin-cylinder pulse feeling. To make the engine as tightly wrapped as possible there’s no balancer drive gear; the primary drive gear doubles up duties and spins the balance shaft. The water pump is tucked away inside the lefthand engine cover and there’s no need for a water-cooled oil-cooler. The cylinders also use a Ni-SiC (Nickel-Silicon Carbide) coating, as also used in the CBR1000RR-R Fireblade and CRF450R.

An assist/slipper clutch – with oblique layout disc segments – offers light lever feel, eases up shifts and manages rear wheel hop under hard braking and rapid down changes.

The catalyser has been upgraded and an SO2 added for forward looking legislative compliance. Fuel consumption of 23km/l (WMTC mode) offers a potential range of over 340km from the 15.2L fuel tank. A 35kW, A2 licence option is also available.

3.2 Engine Electronics

  • Three default rider modes; RAIN, STANDARD and SPORT 
  • Three levels of Engine Power, Engine Brake and HSTC with integrated Wheelie Control
  • USER customisation option between the three levels

Throttle By Wire engine control offers three default riding modes, adjusting the engine’s delivery and feel to suit conditions and the rider’s intent; they’re easily switched and managed between the left handlebar mode switch and TFT screen.

There are three levels of Engine Power (EP), Engine Brake (EB) and Honda Selectable Torque Control (HSTC) with integrated Wheelie Control available; HSTC can also be switched off. The riding modes offer different combinations of each parameter.

  • SPORT uses level three EP and level one EB and HSTC to deliver maximum performance with minimum intervention. 
  • STANDARD mode is a mid-way setting that uses level two setting for EP, EB and HSTC.
  • RAIN mode employs the lowest EP setting, level one, for the least aggressive power delivery with level two EB and three HSTC. 
  • USER mode allows the rider to choose between the three settings for each parameter and save the setting for future use.

3.3 Styling & Equipment 

  • Hornet style defines razor-sharp minimalism
  • Compact new dual projector headlight throws out powerful beams
  • Upright riding position for natural control
  • New five-inch TFT display with four-way toggle switch and Honda RoadSync smartphone connectivity
  • Rear indicators feature Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) and auto cancel technology 

The main signature of the Hornet is the fuel tank, which takes inspiration from the shape of a hornet’s wing. Everywhere you look, from the aggressively angled nose-fairing to the razor-sharp, minimal tail, there are hallmarks of tension and aggression, outlining true sporting intent. Up front the new headlight unit – comprising dual high/low unified projector lenses – is unique within the Hornet family. With a look of its own within the Hornet family, the LED unit is both more compact and more powerful than the previous design. The cockpit cowl has been tautly re-shaped to match, amplifying the Hornet’s aggressive streetfighter styling and conveying its engaging, sporty ride.

Usability, for all riders, is also inherent to the design. Seat height is a very manageable 795mm and the riding position upright, with slightly rear set footpegs for natural control and wide handlebars for leverage.

The new five-inch full colour TFT screen uses optical bonding to improve visibility in bright sunlight. By sealing the gap between the cover glass and TFT screen with resin, glare is reduced, and backlight transmittance improved. 

The IOS/Android smartphone connectivity of Honda RoadSync – alongside a simple, easy-to-use, backlit four-way toggle-switch on the left handlebar – allows straightforward, on-screen turn-by-turn navigation as well as the option (via a Bluetooth helmet headset) for the rider to make calls or listen to music. All an owner has to do is download the Honda RoadSync app from either the Play Store or the App Store, connect to the CB750 Hornet, and go. 

To simplify and miniaturise the entire electrical system the Hornet uses a Controller Area Network (CAN) alongside a Body Control Unit (BCU). 

The rear indicators have an Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) function. At a minimum speed of 56km/h, with either brake working if negative acceleration of a minimum of 6.0m/s2 is detected, the hazard lights flash to warn other road users a hard stop is in process. At the same speed the threshold is reduced if ABS is activated, to a negative acceleration of a minimum 2.5m/s2

Both front and rear indicators also auto-cancel; rather than using a simple timer, the system compares front and rear wheel speed difference and calculates when to cancel the indication relative to the situation.

3.4 Chassis 

  • Lightweight 16.6kg steel diamond frame with integrated subframe
  • Showa 41mm SFF-BP USD forks and Pro-link 7-stage adjustable rear shock with new 25YM settings for increase front end feel
  • Four-piston front calipers/296mm wave discs; single piston caliper/240mm rear disc

The Hornet’s steel diamond frame is lightweight, at just 16.6kg (for comparison, the CB650R’s is 18.5kg). A major technological process of stiffener, main/down tube thinning, and pivot shape optimisation has produced a hugely strong platform, with rigidity balance to deliver feel and geometry set for agility – just what the engine needs.

Rake and trail are set at 25° and 99mm, with wheelbase of 1,420mm and kerb weight of 192kg.

With a view to heighten sports handling performance (especially braking from higher speeds) Showa 41mm Separate Function Fork Big Piston (SFF-BPTM) USD forks are clamped by Hornet-specific top and bottom yokes. With 130mm travel and by dividing the functions – Big Piston pressure separation damper in one leg, spring mechanism in the other – maximising both reaction over changes in road surface and the overall ride quality.

The rear shock absorber operates through the steel swingarm via Pro-Link and offers 130mm travel. Its design ensures excellent response and temperature management; it features 7-stage preload adjustment to match the forks.

Building on the Hornet’s raw sporting appeal for 25YM are the detail changes to the bike’s suspension. Damping settings have been optimised front and rear to maximise the front wheel’s contact patch, for a more dynamic, sportier and engaging ride. 

Dual front 296mm discs and Nissin radial-mount, four-piston calipers deliver impressive, fingertip stopping power, with excellent progressive feel through the lever. To further elevate handling and ride quality lightweight wheels use Y-shaped spokes. Front wheel width is 3.5inch wearing 120/70-ZR17 tyre, the rear 4.5inch with 160/60-ZR17 tyre.

4. Accessories 

A full range of Genuine Honda Accessories are available for the Hornet, ready for personalisation to an owner’s preference and use.

New for 25YM there is a Radiator Grill, Side Tank Pads and Headlight stripes that neatly complement the bike’s new front end. Other accessories have been updated to match the new colours and changes, such as Wheel Stripes, Fly Screen and Seat Cowl.

To make it easy for an owner there are three packs that group the accessories neatly together:

Style Pack

Practical and attractive parts to both protect and enhance your Hornet. The Aluminium Handlebar Holder and Grip Ends add style and protection, whilst the Rider Steps increases the premium feel. The two-tone PVC leather and red double stitched Rider Seat provide a sense of luxury, with a Headlight Stripe and Wheel Stripes – available in Black, Grey, White and Blue – for added personalisation with your new CB750 Hornet. 

Sports Pack

A real performance upgrade: The adjustable Quickshifter allows instant, full-throttle upshifts and auto-blips through clutch less downshifts. And for added sports style the Seat Cowl – available in Red or Grey – is matched to a Meter Visor. The Tank Pad, Tank Side Pad and Skid Pad provide extra peace of mind when riding.

Comfort Pack

The Comfort Pack is a versatile collection designed to enhance rider comfort and convenience. This pack provides storage for essentials with a Rear Seat Bag and 3L Tank Bag, ensuring convenience during rides. The Heated Grips offer enhanced comfort in cold weather and the Protective Film reduces scratches on the new TFT meter. 

Additional accessories include Side Bags. All accessories are available separately.

5. Technical Specifications  

 

CB750 Hornet

CB750 Hornet  (A2 Version)

ENGINE

Type

Liquid-cooled SOHC 4-stroke 8-valve Parallel Twin with 270° crank

Displacement

755 cc

Bore x Stroke (mm)

87 mm x 63.5 mm

Compression Ratio

11.0:1

Max. Power Output

67.5 kW at 9,500 rpm

34.5 kW at 5,250 rpm

Max. Torque

75 Nm at 7.250 rpm

66 Nm at 4,750 rpm

Stationary Noise Level (dB)

max. 77 dB

Max Speed

205 km/h

170 km/h

Oil Capacity

3.8 L

Starter

E-Starter

FUEL SYSTEM

Carburation

PGM-FI Fuel Injection

Fuel Tank Capacity

15.2 L

CO2 Emissions WMTC

99 g/km

95 g/km

Fuel Consumption

4.3 L/100km

4.1 L/100km

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Battery Type

AGM

Battery Capacity

12 V 9.1 Ah (20h)

DRIVETRAIN

Clutch Type

Wet multiple, Assisted slipper clutch

Transmission Type

6-speed Manual Transmission

Final Drive

Chain

FRAME

Frame Type

Diamond Steel Frame

CHASSIS

Dimensions (L'W'H)

2,090 mm x 780 mm x  1,085 mm

Wheelbase

1,420 mm

Caster Angle

25°

Trail

99 mm

Seat Height

795 mm

Ground Clearance

140 mm

Kerb Weight

192 kg

Turning radius

2.7m

SUSPENSION

Front

Showa 41 mm SFF-BP USD, 130 mm travel

Rear

Monoshock damper, Prolink swingarm, 130 mm travel

WHEELS

Wheels Front

17M/C x MT3.50 5Y-Spoke Cast Aluminium

Wheels Rear

17M/C x MT4.50 5Y-Spoke Cast Aluminium

Tyres Front

120/70ZR17M/C (58W)

Tyres Rear

160/60ZR17M/C (69W)

BRAKES

ABS Type

Dual-channel ABS

Brakes Front

Radial mounted four-piston Nissin brake caliper, 296 mm floating double disc

Brakes Rear

Single piston caliper, 240 mm single disc

INSTRUMENTS & ELECTRICS

Instruments

Five-inch TFT Panel Multi information display

Headlight

LED (2-square projecters)

Taillight

LED

Connectivity

RoadSync

USB

Type – C

Auto Winker Cancel

Yes

Security System

HISS

Riding mode

Sport, Standard, Rain and User Mode

HSTC

Three Level + OFF

Additional Features

ESS

***

All specifications are provisional and subject to change without notice.

# Please note that the figures provided are results obtained by Honda under standardised testing conditions prescribed by WMTC. Tests are conducted on a rolling road using a standard version of the vehicle with only one rider and no additional optional equipment. Actual fuel consumption may vary depending on how you ride, how you maintain your vehicle, weather, road conditions, tire pressure, installation of accessories, cargo, rider and passenger weight, and other factors. 

25YM Honda XL750 Transalp

Model updates: Around town or around the world, Honda’s XL750 Transalp carries the adventure on from the iconic original, ready for a fresh generation of riders looking to travel wherever the road leads. Leading the 25YM updates is a new front face comprising powerful dual LED projector headlights for an distinctive new look, and revised DurabioTM screen. As before the eight-valve, parallel twin-cylinder engine delivers 67.5kW and 75Nm; Throttle By Wire (TBW) serves up four default riding modes plus User option, five-level Honda Selectable Torque Control (HSTC) with integrated Wheelie Control and three levels of Engine Braking and Power. The steel frame wears full Showa suspension: 43mm SFF-CATM USD forks and rear shock working through Pro-Link; both front and rear suspension feature revised damping settings. Dual, two-piston calipers bite hard up front and 21/18-inch wheels wear tubed tyres. The Transalp’s premium specification includes a new five-inch TFT screen with Honda RoadSync smartphone connectivity and four-way toggle switch, auto-indicator cancel and Emergency Stop Signals (ESS) technology. An A2 licence option is also available.

Contents

  1. Introduction
  2. Model overview
  3. Key features
  4. Accessories
  5. Technical specifications

1. Introduction 

The original Transalp, introduced in 1986 with a 583cc V-Twin engine, is something of a legend. And, as testament to the sheer quality of its build and timelessness of its design, many can still be seen on Europe’s roads today.

Back then, its focus was as a smooth, comfortable do-it-all crossover that could cope with rougher ground thanks to long-travel suspension and light off-road dynamic. By 2000 the engine had grown to 647cc and, for the last version in 2008 it landed with 680cc, fuel injection and a 214kg kerb weight.

The XL750 Transalp – which debuted in 23YM – was designed to fill a gap in the mid-capacity sector of Honda’s range as a model to attract customers with a different set of adventurous aspirations. Fittingly it takes inspiration from the original and is perfect for an extended touring trip as well as the urban cut and thrust – and all points in-between. 

It’s equally at home slicing through an Alpine pass as it is kicking up dust on rough tracks. And adds to the formula a high-performance engine and top-draw equipment level that modern riders demand.

Masatoshi Sato, Transalp Large Project Leader, Honda R&D, Japan:

“For the Transalp we looked hard at what made the first model so good and wanted to strike the right balance between urban agility, long-distance, on-road touring comfort and off-road ability. In arriving where we did, we considered all these aspects in a ‘360°’ way and created a bike that gives riders of all experience levels a fresh new option in the Honda range. Around town or around the world – the Transalp is ready!” 

Updated for 25YM – after an extensive European riding tour by both Honda Japan and Honda Europe development engineers – with some thoughtful details that owners will appreciate, and a refreshed front end with powerful new headlight, the XL750 Transalp carries on as a brilliant all-rounder that leaves only one question unanswered:  

How far do you want to go?

2. Model Overview 

The XL750 Transalp’s design projects an unmistakeable feeling of adventure touring in a package that works superbly on the road, with a long-legged stance that makes a strong statement of purpose. For 25YM a new, bold look is headed up by a new dual LED projector headlight – drawing design influence from the Africa Twin – that adds to the adventurous styling and throws out more powerful beams. Paired with this is a revised upper fairing that utilises a central duct to improve airflow around the helmet area, while the new, high-transparency DurabioTM screen features reprofiled surfacing to further aid air flow around the rider’s body. Internal mid-cowl aerodynamics have also been updated to improve handling agility.

The engine packs a great deal of Honda’s engineering prowess into a small space and provides strong response across the rev-range – just what’s needed for either solo or two-up touring. The 755cc, parallel twin-cylinder unit (shared with the new CB750 Hornet) produces 67.5kW top power and a strong helping of torque right through the rev range, peaking at 75Nm. Settings of the Throttle By Wire (TBW) system orientate the engine character towards touring and comfort.

Compact, competition CRF-derived Unicam eight-valve cylinder heads employ downdraft air intakes and Vortex flow duct to ensure optimal combustion. The 270° crank delivers feel and character. Electronic rider aids run via Throttle By Wire (TBW) and include five riding modes, four of which contain pre-set combinations of Engine Power, Engine Braking, ABS and Honda Selectable Torque Control (HSTC) with integrated Wheelie Control. The 5th ‘User’ mode allows the rider to fix their own preferred combination.

Handling is light, nimble and confidence inspiring. The steel diamond frame is light weight thanks to optimisation of wall/pipe thickness and stiffness. For supple on-road performance and off-road bump absorption, suspension is top quality: Showa 43mm SFF-CA USD forks and rear shock operating through Pro-Link. Damping at either end has been revised; slightly softer in both compression and rebound up front, and firmer in the rear for increased compliance on rougher terrain, while maintaining the on-road composure. Dual two-piston calipers provide efficient stopping power while the tyres – 90/90-21 and 150/70-18 front and rear respectively – deliver versatility on or off-road.

The rich specification list is headlined by an updated, customisable, five-inch TFT colour display which relays information through a choice of three display types and management of all systems, as well as the connectivity of Honda RoadSync system for both Android and IOS devices. It’s operated, easily, by a 4-way toggle switch on the left handlebar. The indicators auto-cancel and include Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) technology to warn other road users of sudden braking.

A range of accessories, including updated quickshifter, soft and hard luggage, rally/touring equipment and cosmetic enhancements are ready to go for an owner’s preference. New for 25YM are 100% waterproof easy-detach 20-26L Soft Side/Top Bags, a 20mm thicker Comfort Seat, Tall Screen, upper ‘A’ Deflectors, Fog Lights and loud volume Alarm.

The 25YM XL750 Transalp will be offered with a revised colour palette, with two new choices and an updated graphic set for all, with more prominent Transalp branding:

  • Ross White – Tricolor graphic set
  • **NEW** Graphite Black
  • **NEW** Pearl Deep Mud Gray

3. Key Features
    3.1 Styling & Equipment 

  • Fairing and bodywork balance wind protection, on-road comfort and off-road ability
  • New central aero duct, DurabioTM screen and internal mid-cowl airflow management improve aerodynamics and agility
  • Compact new dual projector headlight throws out a powerful beam
  • Practicality from 850mm seat height, USB socket and rear carrier
  • New five-inch TFT display with four-way handlebar toggle switch and Honda RoadSync Android/IOS smartphone connectivity
  • Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) technology for the rear indicators  

The XL750 Transalp’s bodywork is sleek, simple and clean. It has a purposeful look and feel, with zero excess and is built tough. For 25YM, a redesigned front end with some styling cues taken from the flagship Africa Twin is built around a new headlight unit – comprising dual LED high/low unified projector lenses.

Sitting above this is a new reprofiled screen (now constructed from sustainable, high transparency DurabioTM) mounted on a revised upper fairing which utilises a central intake duct to control back pressure, reducing buffeting around the helmet. A redesigned middle cowl section employs optimised internals to suppress flow velocity, for nimbler handling in urban situations and on twisting roads.

A Genuine Honda Accessories Tall Screen, redesigned to suit the new fairing and headlight is available, alongside new upper ‘A’ deflectors that reduce wind disturbance. 

This bike is built to go the distance, so genuine comfort – also for two – matters. Seat height is low for the class at 850mm (an 820mm low seat is also available as an option) and the riding position is upright for natural control and leverage. The riding geometry also works well when standing up. A rear carrier is standard and there’s a USB socket under the seat.

The new five-inch full colour TFT screen uses optical bonding to improve visibility in bright sunlight. By sealing the gap between the cover glass and TFT screen with resin, glare is reduced, and backlight transmittance improved. Riders can customize the read out to their preferences, with three styles (bar, circle, and simple) as well as a high-contrast black background available to choose from. IOS/Android smartphone connectivity of Honda RoadSync remains available.

This feature – alongside a simplified, easy-to-use, backlit four-way toggle-switch on the left handlebar – allows straightforward, on-screen turn-by-turn navigation as well as the option (via a Bluetooth helmet headset) for the rider to make calls or listen to music. All an owner has to do is download the Honda RoadSync app from either the Play Store or the App Store, connect to the XL750 Transalp, and go.

To simplify and miniaturise the entire electrical system the Transalp uses a Controller Area Network (CAN) alongside a Body Control Unit (BCU). The BCU is sited on the left-hand frame rail, under the fuel tank and collectively processes control signals – from the ABS modulator, TFT screen and switch gear.

The rear indicators feature an Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) function. At a minimum speed of 56km/h with either brake working, if negative acceleration of a minimum of 6.0m/s2 is detected, the hazard lights flash to warn other road users a hard stop is in process. At the same speed the threshold is reduced if ABS is activated, to a negative acceleration of a minimum 2.5m/s2.

Front and rear indicators also auto-cancel; rather than using a simple timer, the system compares front and rear wheel speed difference and calculates when to cancel the indication relative to the situation.

3.2 Engine 

  • 755cc, 8-valve Unicam parallel twin-cylinder engine with 270° crank
  • 67.5kW @ 9,500rpm, 75Nm torque @ 7,250rpm and 35kW A2 licence option
  • Transalp-specific TBW mapping for touring focus
  • Patented Vortex flow intake ducts and tuned exhaust note
  • Assist/slipper clutch

The 755c, 8-valve Unicam engine has bore and stroke set at 87 x 63.5mm, with compression ratio of 11.0:1. It produces a hard hit of top end power, with maximum output of 67.5kW @ 9,500rpm. This is accompanied by mountains of usable torque in the low to mid rpm range, rising to a peak of 75Nm @ 7,250rpm. The result is an engine that provides usable, enjoyable performance for rides of all types and all distances, and for riders of all experience levels.

It's extremely compact and lightweight, due in no small part to the Unicam head (as used by the MX competition ready CRF450R) which operates the 35.5mm diameter inlet valves (with 9.3mm lift) via cam, and 29mm diameter exhaust (with 8.2mm lift) by rocker arm.

The compact dimensions are also due to clever packaging: there’s no balancer drive gear since the primary drive gear doubles up duties and spins the balance shaft; the water pump is tucked away inside the lefthand engine cover and there’s no need for a water-cooled oil-cooler. An aesthetic update for 25YM is removal of the breather tube which ran across the side of the engine – it has been re-sited for a much cleaner look.

For razor-sharp pick-up and throttle response, patented Vortex flow ducts create a more uniform distribution from the side scoops into the airbox, which then feeds downdraft intakes and 46mm diameter throttle bodies. The cylinders use a Ni-SiC (Nickel-Silicon Carbide) coating, as used on the CRF450R and CBR1000RR-R Fireblade, to increase the engine’s efficiency.

The crank uses a 270° firing order for characterful, twin-cylinder pulse feeling. The exhaust note is tuned for a pleasing low-end beat and raucous top-end howl. While mechanically identical to the CB750 Hornet, the Transalp’s TBW settings are tuned differently to focus on an engine ‘flavour’ in keeping with the long distance, touring work for which the Transalp is made.

An assist/slipper clutch clutch – with oblique layout disc segments – offers light lever feel, eases up shifts and manages rear wheel hop under hard braking and rapid down changes.

The catalyser has been upgraded and an SO2 added for forward looking legislative compliance. Fuel consumption of 23.km/l (WMTC mode) offers a potential range of 390km from the 16.9L fuel tank. A 35kW A2 licence option will be available from a Honda dealer.

3.3 Engine Electronics

  • Four default rider modes; SPORT, STANDARD, RAIN and GRAVEL
  • USER customisation option between all levels
  • Four levels of Engine Power and three of Engine Brake  
  • Five stage Honda Selectable Torque Control with integrated Wheelie Control
  • Off-road ABS brake setting allows rear caliper to be switched off in USER mode 

Throttle By Wire (TBW) engine control offers four default riding modes: SPORT, STANDARD, RAIN and GRAVEL, adjusting the engine’s performance delivery and feel to suit conditions and the rider’s intent; they’re easily switched and managed between the left handlebar mode and TFT screen. There is also a specific USER mode that allows the rider to fine tune their own personal settings

There are four levels of Engine Power (EP), three levels of Engine Brake (EB), two levels of ABS, and five levels of Honda Selectable Torque Control (HSTC) available; HSTC and rear ABS can also be switched off. The riding modes offer different combinations of each parameter. Wheelie Control is also standard and integrated to HSTC.

  • SPORT mode offers maximum performance and uses level four EP, level two ABS and level one EB and HSTC to deliver strong acceleration with minimum intervention. 
  • STANDARD mode is a mid-way setting for urban riding that uses level three setting for EP and HSTC, with level two EB and ABS.
  • RAIN mode is designed for challenging on-road conditions and employs the lowest EP setting, level one, for the least aggressive power delivery with level two EB and ABS and five HSTC.
  • GRAVEL mode features level two EP, level three EB, and level four HSTC with level one ABS setting for confident travel on rougher terrain off road.
  • USER mode allows the rider to choose between settings one through four EP, one through five HSTC and one through three EB plus rear ABS switch off. All settings, except ABS settings, are retained when the ignition is switched off. 

3.4 Chassis

  • Lightweight 18.3kg steel diamond frame with integrated subframe
  • Showa 43mm SFF-CA USD forks/Pro-link rear shock, both rear spring preload adjustable and with new damping settings 
  • Two-piston front calipers/310mm wave discs; single piston caliper/ 256mm rear disc
  • 21/18-inch wheels wear 90/90-21 and 150/70-18 front and rear tyres

The steel diamond mainframe is lightweight, at just 18.3kg – 10% lighter than the frame of the CB500X. A major R&D process of reducing the number of reinforcing parts, thinning of the main and down tubes, and optimisation of the upper shock mount and swingarm pivot shape has produced a hugely strong platform, with rigidity balanced to deliver feel to the rider across all conditions and geometry set to inspire confident handling agility. The integrated heavy-duty subframe employs high-tension steel pipework for strength and toughness.

Rake and trail are set at 27° and 111mm, with wheelbase of 1560mm and kerb weight of 210kg. Slow speed U-turns are easy thanks to a 42° steering angle and 2.6m minimum turning circle.

After an extensive European tour by Honda development engineers from Japan and Europe, the suspension settings have been revised to maintain on-road comfort while boosting bump absorption over rougher ground. Showa 43mm SFF-CATM (Separate Function Fork-Cartridge) USD forks offer 200mm travel with spring preload adjustment, and mount by a forged aluminium bottom yoke and cast aluminium top yoke. Compared to the previous setup they have been tuned to offer slightly less compression and rebound damping, matching the revised rear setup for a more stable platform.

With 190mm travel the remote reservoir Showa shock (with adjustable preload) operates through Pro-Link and the swingarm which, while employing the same castings as the CRF1100L Africa Twin’s, uses aluminium material exclusive to the Transalp. The 25YM revisions see an increase in compression/rebound damping, giving more control on uneven ground and offering better control when fully loaded with a pillion or luggage. Ground clearance remains 210mm.

Compact, two-piston calipers work dual 310mm ‘wave’ discs. The rear 256mm ‘wave’ disc is operated by a single-piston caliper. 21/18-inch front rear (stainless steel) spoked wheels wear (tubed) 90/90-21 and 150/70-18 tyres; Metzeler Karoo Street or Dunlop Mixtour.

4. Accessories

A full range of Genuine Honda Accessories are available for the XL750 Transalp either individually or as part of five curated packs for convenience. New for 25YM are 100% waterproof easy-detach 20-26L Soft Side/Top Bags, 20mm thicker Comfort Seat, updated Tall Screen, upper Windscreen Deflectors, Fog Lights and loud volume Alarm.

Urban Pack
Boost practicality and storage with a 50L Top Box, Aluminium Panel, Mounting Base, Pillion/Inner Bag plus Tall Screen and Main Stand.

Touring Pack
Includes the convenience of Rear Panniers (26L right/ 33L left) plus Aluminium Panels, Support Stays, Inner Bags and 12V Socket allowing the charge of electronic devices.

Adventure Pack
Boosted off-road style and functionality from Side Pipes, LED Fog Lights and Radiator Grill.

Rally Pack
The performance upgrade of a Quickshifter, plus Engine Guard and Bash Plate protection, Off-Road Rally Footpegs and Knuckle Guards with extensions. Wheel Stripes add the final touch. 

Comfort Pack
Prep for the long haul; Upper/Lower Wind Deflectors expand wind and weather protection. Comfort is enhanced through the addition of an extra-padded Seat and Heated Grips while rubber Footpegs reduce pillion fatigue. The handy Tank Bag is a convenient addition for travel.

Additional accessories include colour-matched side tank pads. All accessories are available separately.

5. Technical Specifications 

 

 XL750 Transalp

XL750 Transalp (A2 Version)

ENGINE

Type

Liquid-cooled OHC 4-stroke 8-valve Parallel Twin with 270° crank and uni-cam

Displacement

755 cc

Bore x Stroke (mm)

87 mm x 63.5 mm

Compression Ratio

11.0:1

Max. Power Output

67.5 kW at 9,500 rpm

34.5 kW at 5,250 rpm

Max. Torque

75 Nm at 7.250 rpm

66 Nm at 4,750 rpm

Stationary Sound Level (dB)

95 dB

88dB

Max Speed

195 km/h

160km/h

Oil Capacity

3.9 L

Starter

Electric starter

FUEL SYSTEM

Carburation

PGM-FI

Fuel Tank Capacity

16.9 L

CO2 Emissions WMTC

102 g/km

97 g/km

Fuel Consumption

4.3 L/100km

4.2 L/100km

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Battery Type

AGM

Battery Capacity

12 V 9.1 Ah

DRIVETRAIN

Clutch Type

Wet multiple, Assisted slipper clutch

Transmission Type

6-speed Manual Transmission

Final Drive

Chain

FRAME

Frame Type

Diamond Steel Frame

CHASSIS

Dimensions (L'W'H)

2,325 mm x 838 mm x  1,455 mm

Wheelbase

1,560 mm

Caster Angle

27°

Trail

111 mm

Seat Height

850 mm

Ground Clearance

210 mm

Kerb Weight

210 kg

Turning radius

2.6m

SUSPENSION

Suspension Front

Showa 43 mm SFF-CA USD, 200 mm travel

Suspension Rear

Monoshock damper, Prolink swingarm, 190 mm travel

WHEELS AND TYRES

Wheels

Stainless spoke, Aluminium rim, Tube type

Tyres Front

90/90-21M/C 54H

Tyres Rear

150/70R18M/C 70H

BRAKES

ABS Type

Dual-channel ABS (Rear ABS can be deactiviated)

Front

Axial mounted two-piston brake caliper, 310 mm floating double disc

Rear

Single piston caliper, 256 mm single disc

INSTRUMENTS & ELECTRICS

Instruments

Five-inch TFT Panel Multi information display

Headlight

LED

Taillight

LED

Connectivity

RoadSync

USB

Type – C

Auto Winker Cancel

Yes

Security System

HISS

Riding mode

Sport, Standard, Rain, Gravel  and  User Mode

HSTC

Three Level + OFF

Additional Features

ESS

 *** 

All specifications are provisional and subject to change without notice.

# Please note that the figures provided are results obtained by Honda under standardised testing conditions prescribed by WMTC. Tests are conducted on a rolling road using a standard version of the vehicle with only one rider and no additional optional equipment. Actual fuel consumption may vary depending on how you ride, how you maintain your vehicle, weather, road conditions, tire pressure, installation of accessories, cargo, rider and passenger weight, and other factors. 

25YM Honda CL500

Model updates: Honda’s CL500 strikes a rich retro vein, drawing inspiration from the original CLs of the 60s and 70s. Using the A2-licence compatible twin-cylinder engine of Honda’s CB500 series, it applies a tubular diamond-structure steel frame, long-travel suspension and 19/17-inch front/rear wheel combination to good effect. With 25YM updates to comfort, ergonomics and visual style, it’s still ready for the rigours of urban travel as much as it is light off-road work. Its head-turning style has been amped up for 25YM with two new colours, whilst the rich details remain such as the rounded fuel tank, knee pads, rubber fork gaiters and an upswept dual-exit exhaust muffler with drilled heat shield. All lighting is LED, and the LCD screen is now easier to read in bright light.

– 

Contents:

  1. Introduction
  2. Model overview
  3. Key Features
  4. Accessories
  5. Technical specifications 

1. Introduction 

Honda has a long history of getting smaller capacity bikes just right for riders around the world. A combination of easy usability, useful engine performance, affordability and distinct individuality equal motorcycles that, over time, come to mean so much to their owners.

The CLs from the ‘60s and ‘70s were such bikes, proving that a lightweight bike with off-road dynamics was great fun around town. Latterly, the high-barred, high-piped style has become an iconic signature for many 21st century riders.

Click forward 5 decades and, in 2018, the A2 licence compatible CMX500 Rebel arrived in the Honda range. Its ‘old school meets new school’ take on custom cool was an instant hit – and extremely customisable. And as a package – engine, chassis and styling – it’s proved irresistible to a legion of young riders and has quietly got on with the business of being the top-selling custom bike in Europe for the last three years.

Five years later it was time for something new and for 23YM Honda introduced, once again, a bike proudly wearing the CL badge – for riders who like to be that bit different. The CL500 draws heavily on the formula of the originals, with the right look, right engine and durability to go with the urban rough and tumble.

Mechanically unchanged for 25YM – apart from some minor visual and ergonomic updates – the CL500 carries on with individuality as standard fit, and huge custom potential, as seen in the metal at Wheels and Waves 2024, and online at www.hondacustoms.com

2. Model Overview  

The development concept used from the start of the CL500 project was ‘Express Yourself’. Deliberately targeting a young, style-conscious demographic, it’s a bike designed to fit neatly into an owner’s lifestyle with the ability to handle the daily commute, a long weekend ride, or even some light off-road – and to catch the eye while doing it.

The 471cc parallel twin-cylinder engine is Honda’s lively and popular A2 licence compatible powerplant that produces 34.3kW power and a healthy 43.4Nm torque, and thanks to 25YM revisions around the ECU and inclusion of an OBD2-2 sensor is now Euro5+ compliant.

The much-loved engine is paired with an assist/ slipper clutch-equipped six-speed gearbox, which features short final drive gearing to serve up smart around-town acceleration both from a standing start and through the gears. 

A tubular steel trellis-style main frame is both a statement of style and the foundation of easy handling. Long-travel suspension comprises 41mm telescopic forks and adjustable rear shocks while the wheels – 19-inch front and 17-inch rear – wear Dunlop block-pattern tyres. Newly optimised footpeg shaping is matched to a revised seat construction, for increased rider comfort. Both front and rear brakes feature ABS modulation specifically balanced for excellent performance on a variety of surfaces, including light off-road.

The CL’s comprehensive specification includes LED lighting front and rear, a compact negative LCD instrument panel, as well as the latest safety systems such as Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) technology that operates the rear indicators as hazard lights under sudden, hard braking.

The 25YM CL500 will be available in the following colour options:

  • Pearl Dusk Yellow *NEW*
  • Mat Laurel Green Metallic
  • Mat Fresco Brown *NEW*
  • Mat Gunpowder Black Metallic

3. Key Features
    3.1 Styling & Equipment

  • Styling simple and raw, just like the original CL
  • 790mm seat height gives easy ground reach and legroom; new seat urethane and revised footpeg shape
  • Negative display LCD dash now easier to read in sunlight
  • Full LED lighting and Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) technology for the rear indicators 

‘Simple, Raw and Tough’ were the three words that set the tone and direction for the CL500’s styling team. The street scrambler style looks right wherever it rolls with the added benefit of ergonomics that make for a bike that’s very easy to ride in a variety of situations.

The combination of the clean, round fuel tank shape and upswept muffler ­with stainless steel heat shield strikes the nostalgia chords hard. And all the lovingly crafted details (the tank pads and rubber fork gaiters, the wadded, smooth outer seat skin with embossed Honda logo, high-level handlebars) combine to create a look that oozes charm. The paint options, all set against the completely blacked out engine and chassis, make each tank colour ‘pop’ vibrantly.

A low seat height of 790mm, in combination with a slim mid-section, offers easy ground reach and ample legroom. Featuring a new urethane foam material for enhanced comfort, it’s also designed to cover the frame rails for standing up and low rear section for easy pillion access. It also detaches easily with the ignition key and features a tucked-away helmet holder.

The high handlebars not only look good, they’re angled precisely to provide leverage both when standing up or sitting down, with off-road style grips and internal weights to reduce fatigue. The tank pads provide another contact point for the legs when standing; whilst the steel footpegs have been repositioned and feature rubber inserts for increased comfort.

The low-set 175mm diameter headlight has classic form but houses four LED bulbs with thick inner lenses for a distinctive frontal signature. Small, 55mm circular LED indicators feature classic looks and sit either side of a thin, ovalized LED taillight.

A neat, 100mm diameter circular display houses the negative LCD dash. Simple and uncluttered information delivery includes gear position indicator, fuel consumption and individual indicator arrows; a 25YM update is increased readability in bright light.

Hard, sudden braking operates the standard equipment Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) which flashes the rear indicators to alert road users behind, before auto-cancelling.

With fuel economy of 27.7km/L, a 12L capacity tank gives the CL500 a potential range of over 300km.

– 

3.2 Engine

  • 471cc liquid-cooled parallel twin-cylinder engine, A2 licence compatible
  • Unique PGM-FI settings and shorter final drive gearing
  • Assist/slipper clutch for rear wheel control
  • Iconic ‘upswept’ twin-exit exhaust muffler  

The CL500’s 471cc 8-valve, liquid-cooled parallel twin-cylinder engine is smooth, easy to use and thoroughly engaging. The hugely popular and durable unit has made its reputation in Honda’s CB(R)500 series and the CMX500 Rebel. 

For the CL500, it features revised PGM-FI fuel injection mapping (updated for 25YM for OBD2-2 compliance) and a different intake and exhaust setup to deliver engaging torque of 43.4Nm @ 6,250rpm and peak power of 34.3kW @ 8,500rpm. For crisper acceleration through each gear the rear sprocket uses 41 teeth, versus the 40 used by the Rebel.

It’s a power unit that strikes a great balance between physical size and flexible output, with a willing delivery of both mid-range torque and top end power that has made it one of Honda’s most-loved engines. Bore and stroke is set at 67mm x 66.8mm with compression ratio of 10.7:1. Internally the cylinder head uses roller rocker arms; shim-type valve adjustment allows them to be light, for lower valve-spring load and reduced friction.

A silent (SV Chain) cam chain has the surface of its pins treated with Vanadium, reducing friction with increased protection against dust. Friction is further reduced by the addition of striations on the piston skirt (a finish that increases surface area, introducing gaps in which oil can flow for better lubrication).

The crankshaft pins are phased at 180° and a primary couple-balancer sits behind the cylinders, close to the bike’s centre of gravity. The balancer gears use scissor gears, reducing noise. The crank counterweight is specifically shaped for couple-balance and its light weight allows the engine to spin freely, with reduced inertia. Inlet valve diameter is 26.0mm with exhaust valve diameter of 21.5mm.

The crankcases use centrifugally cast thin-walled sleeves. Their internal design reduces the ‘pumping’ losses that can occur with a 180° phased firing order. A deep oil sump holds 3.2L.

Slick to use up or down, the six-speed gearbox is designed to offer effortless changes, especially around town. An assist/slipper clutch helps with rear wheel control, lightens the lever operation load and reduces rider fatigue.

In iconic CL style the exhaust twin-pipe muffler is upswept and fed by 2-1 downpipes. The note is tuned for heavier low-frequency sound compared to the Rebel, with a similar pulsing feel. A new OBD2-2 exhaust sensor ensures EURO5+ compliance.

3.3 Chassis

  • Tubular diamond-structure steel frame
  • 41mm telescopic forks and twin, spring preload adjustable rear shocks
  • Two-piston front brake caliper working a 310mm floating disc
  • ABS balanced for light off-road use
  • 19-inch front/17-inch rear combination

The tubular diamond-structure steel frame provides the handling ability, ride comfort and foundation of style for the CL500. It’s beautifully simple, with strong tubes and loop-shaped rear subframe. Computer Aided Engineering (CAE) was employed to get the rigidity and weight balance optimised perfectly.

A scrambler-style bike must cope with it all – from rough city streets to uneven dirt roads and the goal for the chassis was to create light, responsive handling with suspension that can absorb the hits. Ground clearance is 155mm; caster angle is set at 27° with trail of 108mm and 1,485mm wheelbase. Kerb weight is 192kg.

Up front, 41mm telescopic forks feature 150mm travel and wear classic black fork gaiters. While adding period style they also protect the legs and seals from dust and damage. The top and bottom yokes are CL-specific and enhance steering accuracy and feel. 

At the rear, an elegantly simple swingarm uses 45mm round tubing to muscular effect. Long-stroke twin rear shocks offer 145mm travel and 5-step spring preload adjustment (3 up from standard, 1 down). Damping at both ends is set to deliver a supple, comfortable ride no matter the road surface.

A two-piston front caliper works a 310mm floating disc through sintered pads. The hydraulic pressure between the front and rear single-piston caliper/240mm disc is balanced to provide hlgh levels of braking control on a wide range of surfaces. The ABS too is optimised for use on dirt tracks as well as asphalt.

The wheels are a 19-inch front/17-inch rear combination for confident grip and light handling across varying terrain. Tyres are deep-groove Dunlop Mixtours, sized 110/80 R19 front and 150/70 R17 rear.

4. Accessories

A full range of Genuine Honda accessories are available for the CL500, ready for personalisation to owner preference. The rear subframe is designed for easy fitment of cosmetic parts or the soft rear pannier; a rear rack also mounts the 38L top box. There’s also the option of a 30mm higher seat – finished in brown with black double stitching – for taller riders. 

Cosmetic additions to add classic off-road style include:

  • Lightweight Polypropylene Side Number Boards 
  • Fly Screen
  • Knuckle Guards 
  • High Front Mudguard 

For convenience, three specially designed packs are ready to go:

  • Adventure Pack

Elevates off-road style and readiness with Rally Footpegs, flatter High Seat, Wheel Stripes, and central Tank Pad.

  • Style Pack

A cosmetic boost from Headlight Cowl, Cowl Stripe, Rear Side Cover, Rear Side Cover Stripe, Knuckle Guards, High Front Mudguard and Rear Suspension Cover, all of them finished in black.

  • Travel Pack

Ready for the long haul and includes Soft Saddlebag, Heated Grips, ACC Socket and Adjustable Brake Lever.

Other practical items available individually include Heated Grips, ACC Charging Socket and a 38L Top Box.

5 Technical Specifications 

ENGINE

Type

Liquid-cooled DOHC four-stroke four-valve two-cylinder

Displacement (cc)

471

Bore x Stroke (mm)

67 x 66.8

Compression Ratio

10.7:1

Max. Power Output

34.3kW @ 8500rpm

Max. Torque

43.4Nm @ 6250rpm

Noise Level (dB)

Lwot- 76.1dB; Lurban – 72.9 dB

Oil Capacity

3.2L

Starter

Electric

FUEL SYSTEM

Carburation

PGM-FI electronic fuel injection

Fuel Tank Capacity

12L

CO2 Emissions WMTC

84 g/km

Fuel Consumption

27.7 km/l

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Battery Capacity

12V 7Ah

DRIVETRAIN

Clutch Type

Wet multiplate, assisted slipper clutch

Transmission Type

Six speed manual transmission

Final Drive

Chain

FRAME

Frame Type

Steel diamond

CHASSIS

Dimensions (L'W'H)

2175mm x 830mm x 1135mm

Wheelbase

1485mm

Caster Angle

27°

Trail

108mm

Seat Height

790mm

Ground Clearance

155mm

Kerb Weight

192kg

Turning radius

2.6 m

SUSPENSION

Suspension Front

Telescopic 41mm Upright forks, 150mm travel

Suspension Rear

Twin shock with 45mm round pipe swingarm, five-step pre-load adjustment

WHEELS

Wheels Front

Cast Aluminium

Wheels Rear

Cast Aluminium

Tyres Front

110/80R19M/C 59H

Tyres Rear

150/70R17M/C 69H

BRAKES

ABS Type

Two channel

Brakes Front

Single 310mm floating disc, Dual piston calipers

Brakes Rear

Single 240mm disc, Mono piston calliper

INSTRUMENTS & ELECTRICS

Instruments

LCD Meter with speedometer, dual trip meters, fuel level and consumption gauge, clock, gear position, upshift indicator

Headlight

LED

Taillight

LED

12V Socket

Optional

Security System

HISS

Additional Features

ESS

All specifications are provisional and subject to change without notice.

Please note that the figures provided are results obtained by Honda under standardised testing conditions prescribed by WMTC. Tests are conducted on a rolling road using a standard version of the vehicle with only one rider and no additional optional equipment. Actual fuel consumption may vary depending on how you ride, how you maintain your vehicle, weather, road conditions, tire pressure, installation of accessories, cargo, rider and passenger weight, and other factors. 

25YM Honda CRF300 Rally


Model updates: Honda’s mini adventurer receives detail updates for 25YM, including compact LED indicators (complementing the dual LED headlight) and improved heat management. Specification includes a strong, responsive single-cylinder engine (now EURO5+ compliant) and six-speed gearbox with slipper clutch control. A steel frame with tuned rigidity balance, aluminium swingarm, long travel suspension – featuring revised damping rates – and 153kg kerb weight generate easy handling on any terrain, with generous ground clearance. 

Contents:

  1. Introduction
  2. Model overview
  3. Key features
  4. Accessories
  5. Technical specifications

1. Introduction

A small capacity dual-purpose motorcycle covers many bases: it slips easily through congested city traffic thanks to lightweight and slim proportions matched with superb manoeuvrability, while its suspension, ground reach and seat height deliver a fun and comfortable ride on rough tarmac and trails. In essence it opens up a whole new range of two-wheeled opportunities, whatever the rider’s experience level.

With styling DNA drawn directly from the HRC CRF450 RALLY Dakar racer, the CRF250 RALLY, based on the trail-ready CRF250L, brought something new to the market on its launch for 17YM. It not only looked ready to compete in a desert stage, but also delivered a real taste of adventure to riders looking for a light, easy-to-manage machine. 

In 21YM, alongside the CRF300L*, the CRF300 RALLY made its debut. Lighter, more powerful and even better equipped to explore the CRF300 RALLY was good to go, right out of the box. For 25YM it receives some thoughtful updates that owners will appreciate – whether they’re riding around the world or around the block. 

*See separate CRF300L press kit.

– 

2. Model Overview

The CRF300 RALLY’s 286cc single-cylinder engine produces 20.1kW and 26.6Nm. Gear ratios one through five are short, for improved response and acceleration, while sixth is tall for more relaxed high-speed cruising. An assist/slipper clutch manages the rear wheel under hard down changes and offers light load at the lever.

A 25YM update is to thermal management, with a redesigned side over mitigating hot air expelled by the fan. EURO5+ compliance has also been achieved.

Tuned rigidity balance between the steel frame, aluminium swingarm and bottom yoke offers excellent feedback and feel. Steering geometry delivers stability and agility, while long travel front and rear suspension – with revised, firmer 25YM damping rates – ensures supple bump absorption and plenty of ground clearance. The riding position encourages the light steering manoeuvrability needed off-road and, just as usefully, around town.

The race inspired sharp-edged bodywork flanks a large, 12.8L capacity fuel tank and comfortable, broad seat, distinctive asymmetric dual LED headlight (the indicators are also compact LED for 25YM) and positive LCD instrument display. An optional USB socket is now available. 

The 25YM CRF300 RALLY will be available exclusively in the following colour option: 

  • Extreme Red with blue and white graphic set  

3. Key Features
    3.1 Engine

  • DOHC, 286cc single-cylinder engine producing 20.1kW and 26.6Nm
  • Improved heat management from the radiator
  • Gearbox ratios set for both acceleration and cruising
  • Assist/slipper clutch for light lever load
  • EURO5+ compliant 

The single-cylinder, liquid-cooled DOHC engine produces peak power of 20.1kW @ 8,500rpm, with peak torque of 26.6Nm @ 6,500rpm. Bore and stroke is set at 76 x 63mm, with compression ratio of 10.7:1.

To match the engine’s punch and for smart pick-up and acceleration, gear ratios one through five are short, while sixth gear is tall for more relaxed highway cruising. An assist/ slipper clutch reduces lever load and manages rear wheel ‘hop’ on rapid downshifts – great for control, on or off-road.

An iridium spark plug, along with precise metering of fuel from the PGM-FI injection system, enhances combustion efficiency and improves environmental credentials. The engine uses an offset cylinder, reducing internal frictional losses, while the piston itself incorporates a special surface material, plus molybdenum coating. The oil pump features an internal relief structure that prevents aeration of relieved oil. The crank journal employs a half-split, press-fit metal bearing while the crank bearing uses a cast-iron bush. A primary balance shaft further reduces vibration.

The cooling system uses a 12.7kW heat-release radiator, sited on the left of the bike. A redesigned side cover mitigates hot air expelled by from the fan.

The engine is EURO5+ compliant with CO2 emissions (WMTC) of 73g/km.

3.2 Chassis 

  • Handling and agility ready for action on any terrain
  • Lightweight frame and swingarm; tuned rigidity balance for both
  • Long travel front and rear suspension with revised spring rates
  • Ample ground clearance 

Kerb weight of the CRF300 RALLY is just 153kg. The steel semi-double cradle frame’s rigidity balance is tuned to promote handling feel and connection to front/rear traction. The one-piece cast aluminium swingarm is balanced to match.

Extruded aluminium is used for the chain adjustment collar. The bottom yoke is aluminium, saving weight in an area high relative to the centre of gravity for faster steering response. Rake and trail are set at 27.5° and 109mm respectively, with wheelbase at 1455mm, and a ground clearance of 275mm. Turning radius is 2.3m.

The 43mm Showa inverted forks employ a 260mm stroke, with spring weight and damping settings optimised for precise control over a wide range of terrain and speeds. Pro-Link rear suspension also features 260mm axle stroke; the Showa shock absorber is a single tube design. Damping rates at both ends have been revised for 25YM to create a more stable, comfortable platform for riders 

The front brake uses a single 256mm disc gripped by a dual-piston caliper, whilst the rear arrangement utilizes a 220mm disc and mono-piston caliper; in common with the CRF competition machines the rear master cylinder is now a lightweight, integrated design. The discs feature a wave design with exceptional self-cleaning abilities in adverse conditions. 2-channel ABS is standard.

The 21-inch front wheel and 18-inch rear increase stability on rough terrain and allow the fitment of more off-road specific tyres if required. Block pattern enduro-style tyres (front, 80/100-21 51P and rear 120/80-18 62P) provide traction in a wide range of riding situations and surfaces.

3.3 Styling & equipment

  • Light, slim bodywork incorporates large 12.8L fuel tank
  • New compact LED indicators
  • Broad rubber mounted seat for extended comfort 
  • Positive LCD display easy to read; USB-C socket now mounted nearby

The CRF300 RALLY is designed to cover distance and its styling reflects this. Derived from the parts used by the CRF450 RALLY, the ‘floating’ screen, upper/lower fairing and side shrouds effectively shield the rider to offer excellent defence against the elements. Knuckle guards offer further protection, both for the hands and the brake and clutch levers. A skid plate protects the machine’s underside and the gear lever features a folding tip.

The fuel tank holds 12.8L; with 32.2 km/l achievable (WMTC) mode cruising range of 413km is possible. The seat is rubber mounted, for comfort and the footpegs also now feature rubber inserts. Seat height is 885mm, 5mm taller than the CRF300L. It features the same narrower profile up front as its sibling, but with 20mm more width across the seated area for long riding days.

The riding position places machine control and manoeuvrability front and centre with an ‘upright ‘rider triangle’ – wide handlebars are pulled back slightly, with footpegs set low and backward to make gear changes in heavy off-road boots easier. And, unlike the CRF300L, the RALLY features internal handlebar weights to minimise vibration. The side stand too has a broad, folding footplate.

Weighing just 70g the LCD screen features large black digits on a crisp white display, for instant readability with large, 23mm speedo numbers. Information includes gear position indicator, fuel mileage and consumption, average speed, stopwatch and rev-counter. The headlight is a compact, asymmetric dual LED unit and for 25YM, the indicators are now flexibly mounted LED units.

4. Accessories

Tailor-made Genuine Honda Accessories for the CRF300 RALLY amplify the motorcycles capabilities, add extra-comfort and peace of mind, and include:

  • 38L Top Box, with optional backrest and inner bag.
  • Rear Carrier Bracket and Mounts
  • Wider Rally Steps
  • USB-C Charger
  • Heated Grips

5. Technical Specifications  

ENGINE

Type

Liquid-cooled, Single, DOHC

Displacement

286 cc

Bore x Stroke (mm)

76 mm x 63 mm

Compression Ratio

10.7:1

Max. Power Output

20.1 kW at 8,500 rpm

Max. Torque

26.6 Nm at 6500 rpm

Noise Level (dB)

86 dB

Max Speed

135 km/h

Oil Capacity

1.8 L

Starter

E-Starter

FUEL SYSTEM

Carburation

PGM-FI Fuel Injection

Fuel Tank Capacity

12.8 L

CO2 Emissions WMTC

73 g/km

Fuel Consumption

3.1 L/100km

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Battery Type

AGM

Battery Capacity

12 V 7 Ah

DRIVETRAIN

Clutch Type

Wet multi-plate, Assisted slipper clutch

Transmission Type

Six-speed Manual Transmission

Final Drive

Chain

FRAME

Frame Type

Steel semi-double cradle

CHASSIS

Dimensions (L'W'H)

2,230 mm x 920 mm x 1,415 mm

Wheelbase

1,455 mm

Caster Angle

27.5°

Trail

109 mm

Seat Height

885 mm

Ground Clearance

275 mm

Kerb Weight

153 kg

Turning radius

2.3 m

SUSPENSION

Front

43 mm Telescopic USD Forks 234 mm travel

(Suspension stroke 260mm)

Rear

Pro-Llink 260 mm travel

WHEELS

Wheel Front

Aluminium Rim / spoke

Wheel Rear

Aluminium Rim / spoke

Tyre Front

80/100-21M/C 51P

Tyre Rear

120/80-18M/C 62P

BRAKES

ABS Type

2-channel ABS

Brakes Front

Dual-piston brake caliper, 296 mm floating double disc

Brakes Rear

Mono-piston caliper, 220 mm single disc

INSTRUMENTS & ELECTRICS

Instruments

LCD

Headlight

LED

DLR

Yes

Taillight

Bulb

All specifications are provisional and subject to change without notice.

Please note that the figures provided are results obtained by Honda under standardised testing conditions prescribed by WMTC. Tests are conducted on a rolling road using a standard version of the vehicle with only one rider and no additional optional equipment. Actual fuel consumption may vary depending on how you ride, how you maintain your vehicle, weather, road conditions, tire pressure, installation of accessories, cargo, rider and passenger weight, and other factors.

25YM Honda CRF300L


Model updates: Honda’s popular dual-purpose CRF300L receives several detail updates for 25YM, including LED lighting and improved thermal management. Specification includes a strong, responsive single-cylinder engine (now OBD2-2/EURO5+ compliant) and six-speed gearbox with slipper clutch control. A steel frame with tuned rigidity balance, aluminium swingarm, long travel suspension – featuring revised damping rates – and 142kg kerb weight generate easy handling on any terrain, with generous ground clearance. The striking visual impact of the CRF 300L’s sharp bodywork is amplified for 25YM through new colourway options.

– 

Contents

  1. Introduction
  2. Model overview
  3. Key features
  4. Accessories
  5. Technical specifications

1. Introduction 

The essence of what makes a true dual-purpose motorcycle has long been in Honda’s DNA. In the late 1970s the XL250S was launched ­– a bike providing genuine on-road usability with excellent off-road performance. The entire XL range that followed became legendary and proved that combining an economical and easy-to-use single-cylinder four-stroke engine with a competent chassis created a motorcycle that was useful, versatile and, as riders the world over found, a great deal of fun.

Over thirteen years ago, exhaustive discussions within Honda R&D took place about the creation of a brand-new dual-purpose machine. The company’s long history – in off-road competition and trail-ready machinery – was a useful touchstone when development of the bike first began.

Looking to the needs of customers came first. While some riders insist upon competition-level off-road performance, many others value ease of use, practicality and convenience. For weekday, urban environments they wanted a tough, practical bike with cutting-edge off-road style. But, come the weekend, it needed to provide a ticket to ride, wherever they wanted to go, on or off-road.

Honda’s new dual-purpose bike was always viewed by its development team with global perspective. It not only needed a powerful and frugal engine, its chassis also had to have a broad and capable range. And it needed to be affordable, offering high quality and outstanding value for money, with low overall running costs a priority.

The CRF250L, launched across Europe in 2012, was just that motorcycle.

And Honda’s engineers got the formula right. The CRF250L proved a fruitful base platform which, as well as spawning a RALLY version*, enjoyed consistent sales success around the world. Gaining capacity in 20YM, the CRF300L’s new engine also received an assist/slipper clutch. Thanks to weight reduction in the chassis, it was 4kg lighter, with revised riding position, slimmer seat and tank and positive LCD dash. For 23YM, it got a new paint option and standard-fit knuckle guards.

It's time, in 25YM, for the CRF300L to slide up its development curve once again with detail updates and upgrades owners will appreciate. And, just as it should, it remains every bit a true, do-it-all, dual-purpose motorcycle.

*See separate CRF300 RALLY press kit.

2. Model Overview

Mechanically unchanged for 25YM, the CRF300L’s 286cc single-cylinder engine produces 20.1kW and 26.6Nm. Gear ratios first through fifth are short, for improved response and acceleration, while sixth is tall for more relaxed high-speed cruising. An assist/ slipper clutch manages the rear wheel under hard down changes and offers light load at the lever. EURO5+ compliance has been achieved and the radiator fan orientation has been adjusted for improved heat management. A redesigned protective shroud, and redesigned side cover direct warm air away from the rider, increasing comfort.  

A tuned rigidity balance between the steel frame, aluminium swingarm and bottom yoke offer excellent feedback and feel. Steering geometry delivers stability and agility, while long travel front and rear suspension features revised damping rates at both ends for a more stable, comfortable platform for riders.

Sharp-edged bodywork features a slim tank and seat, and new LED headlight and indicators. The riding position is tailored to encourage the light steering manoeuvrability needed off-road and, just as usefully, around town. 

The 25YM CRF300L will be available in the following colour options: 

  • Extreme Red with Blue and white graphic set
  • Swift Grey with Red and white graphic set 

3. Key Features 

    3.1 Engine

  • DOHC, 286cc single-cylinder engine producing 20.1kW and 26.6Nm
  • Improved heat management from the radiator
  • Gearbox ratios set for both acceleration and cruising
  • Assist/ slipper clutch for light lever load
  • EURO5+2 compliant

The single-cylinder, liquid-cooled DOHC engine produces peak power of 20.1kW @ 8,500rpm, with peak torque of 26.6Nm @ 6,500rpm. Bore and stroke is set at 76 x 63mm, with compression ratio of 10.7:1.

To match the engine’s punch and for smart pick-up and acceleration, gear ratios first through fifth are short, while sixth gear is tall for more relaxed highway cruising. An assist/ slipper clutch reduces lever load and manages rear wheel ‘hop’ on rapid downshifts – great for control, on or off-road.

An iridium spark plug, along with precise metering of fuel from the PGM-FI injection system, enhances combustion efficiency and improves environmental credentials. The engine uses an offset cylinder, reducing internal frictional losses, while the piston itself incorporates a special surface material, plus molybdenum coating. The oil pump features an internal relief structure that prevents aeration of relieved oil. The crank journal employs a half-split, press-fit metal bearing while the crank bearing uses a cast-iron bush. A primary balance shaft further reduces vibration.

The cooling system uses a 12.7kW heat-release radiator, sited on the left of the bike. Revised for 25YM, to move hot air away from the rider, the system features a new radiator fan, as well as a new, larger polypropylene grill for improved airflow into the system. A redesigned side cover also mitigates hot air expelled by from the fan.

The engine is EURO5+ compliant, with CO2 emissions (WMTC) of 73g/km.

– 

3.2 Chassis 

  • Handling and agility ready for action on any terrain
  • Lightweight frame and swingarm; tuned rigidity balance for both
  • Long travel front and rear suspension with detail changes to dampers 
  • Ample ground clearance

Wet weight of the CRF300L is just 142kg. The steel semi-double cradle frame’s rigidity balance is tuned to promote handling feel and connection to front/rear traction. The one-piece cast aluminium swingarm is balanced to match. Extruded aluminium is used for the chain adjustment collar. The bottom yoke is aluminium, saving weight in an area high relative to the centre of gravity for faster steering response.

Rake and trail are set at 27.5° and 109mm respectively, with wheelbase at 1455mm, ground clearance at 285mm, and turning radius at 2.3m.

The 43mm Showa inverted forks employ a 260mm stroke, with spring weight and damping settings optimised for precise control over a wide range of terrain and speeds. Pro-Link rear suspension also features 260mm axle stroke; the Showa shock absorber is a single tube design. Damping rates at both ends have been tuned for 25YM, improving overall contact patch with the road, and creating a more stable, comfortable platform for riders. 

The front brake uses a single 256mm disc gripped by a dual-piston caliper, the rear set-up utilizes a 220mm disc and mono-piston caliper; in common with the CRF competition machines the rear master cylinder is now a lightweight, integrated design. The discs feature a wave design with exceptional self-cleaning abilities in adverse conditions. Two-channel ABS is standard.

The 21-inch front wheel and 18-inch rear increase stability on rough terrain and allow the fitment of more off-road specific tyres if required. Block pattern enduro-style tyres (front, 80/100-21 51P and rear 120/80-18 62P) provide traction in a wide range of riding situations.

3.3 Styling & Equipment 

  • Light, slim bodywork inspired by competition CRF machines
  • New LED headlight and indicators
  • Knuckle guards standard equipment
  • Positive LCD display easy to read and now has USB-C socket nearby 

Drawing inspiration from the racing CRFs, the CRF300L wears a crisp set of bodywork and graphics, with standard-fit knuckle guards. The 7.8L fuel tank is slim to aid movement forward and matched by a narrow forward seat section. A minimal rear number plate bracket is matched by an aggressively shaped front mudguard. For 25YM, the CRF300L has a new LED headlight and compact LED indicators.

Seat height is set at 880mm. The riding position places machine control and manoeuvrability front and centre with an ‘upright ‘rider triangle’ – wide handlebars are pulled back slightly, with footpegs set low and backward to make gear changes in heavy off-road boots easier.

The side stand too has a broad, folding footplate.

The LCD display weighs just 70g and features large black digits on a crisp white display, for instant readability with large, 23mm speedo numbers. Information includes gear position indicator, fuel mileage and consumption, average speed, stopwatch and rev-counter.

4. Accessories

Tailor-made Genuine Honda Accessories for the CRF300L amplify the motorcycles capabilities, add extra-comfort and peace of mind, and include:

  • 38L Top Box, with optional backrest and inner bag.
  • Rear Carrier Bracket and Mounts
  • Bash Plate
  • USB-C Charger
  • Heated Grips

5. Technical Specifications 

ENGINE

Type

Liquid-cooled, Single, DOHC

Displacement

286 cc

Bore x Stroke (mm)

76 mm x 63 mm

Compression Ratio

10.7:1

Max. Power Output

20.1 kW at 8,500 rpm

Max. Torque

26.6 Nm at 6500 rpm

Noise Level (dB)

86 dB

Max Speed

132 km/h

Oil Capacity

1.8 L

Starter

E-Starter

FUEL SYSTEM

Carburation

PGM-FI Fuel Injection

Fuel Tank Capacity

7.8 L

CO2 Emissions WMTC

73 g/km

Fuel Consumption

3.1 L/100km

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Battery Type

AGM

Battery Capacity

12 V 7 Ah

DRIVETRAIN

Clutch Type

Wet multiplate, Assisted slipper clutch

Transmission Type

6-speed Manual Transmission

Final Drive

Chain

FRAME

Frame Type

Steel semi-double cradle

CHASSIS

Dimensions (L'W'H)

2,230 mm x 820 mm x 1,200 mm

Wheelbase

1,455 mm

Caster Angle

27.5°

Trail

109 mm

Seat Height

880 mm

Ground Clearance

285 mm

Kerb Weight

142 kg

Turning radius

2.3 m

SUSPENSION

Front

43 mm Telescopic USD forks 234 mm travel

(Suspension stroke 260mm)

Rear

Pro-Link 260 mm travel

WHEELS

Wheel Front

Aluminium Rim / spoke

Wheel Rear

Aluminium Rim / spoke

Tyre Front

80/100-21M/C 51P

Tyre Rear

120/80-18M/C 62P

BRAKES

ABS Type

Two-channel ABS

Front

Dual-piston brake caliper, 256 mm floating double disc

Rear

Mono-piston caliper, 220 mm single disc

INSTRUMENTS & ELECTRICS

Instruments

LCD

Headlight

LED

DLR

Yes

Taillight

Bulb

All specifications are provisional and subject to change without notice.

Please note that the figures provided are results obtained by Honda under standardised testing conditions prescribed by WMTC. Tests are conducted on a rolling road using a standard version of the vehicle with only one rider and no additional optional equipment. Actual fuel consumption may vary depending on how you ride, how you maintain your vehicle, weather, road conditions, tire pressure, installation of accessories, cargo, rider and passenger weight, and other factors. 

25YM Honda PCX125

Model updates: Honda’s popular PCX125 maintains its place at the heart of urban scooter culture via refreshed bodywork and new colour options. Drive is provided by the ‘enhanced Smart Power Plus’ (eSP+) four-valve engine with updated ECU settings and O2 sensor for Euro5+ compliance. Honda Selectable Torque Control (HSTC) and Idling Stop are standard. The durable chassis, tuned for agile handling and comfortable ride quality, gains remote reservoir rear shocks and disc rear brake. Specification includes USB-C charging socket and Smart Key operation. A new ‘DX’ model introduces a new five-inch TFT screen with Honda RoadSync smartphone connectivity, furthering the PCX’s appeal.

Contents

  1. Introduction 
  2. Model overview
  3. Key features
  4. Accessories
  5. Technical specifications

– 

1. Introduction 

The PCX125 is one of the quiet success stories of Honda’s two-wheeled line-up, having clocked up sales of over 140,000 units in Europe since its arrival in 2010. Its popularity is down to a formula Honda has had many years’ experience in perfecting: a strong, modern design that fits elegantly into a style-conscious urban lifestyle, coupled with compact dimensions that ensure it can plot a path through busy traffic – and park – with ease.

Also integral to the formula is an ‘X’ level of Personal Comfort (thus PCX) provided by the sit-in riding position, weather protection, under-seat storage for a full-face helmet and all-round build quality. And, not to forget, outstanding value for money (both at purchase and throughout ownership) has always helped underpin the PCX’s status.

In 2010 the PCX was the first two-wheeler in Europe to feature Idling Stop technology; two years later it became the first scooter in Europe to use Honda’s ultra-efficient enhanced Smart Power (eSP) engine. For 2016 it gained EURO4 compliance and, in 18YM, received a major design update, a new chassis and more power for its engine.

It’s a scooter that’s always moved with the times and in 21YM the PCX125 leapt forward with a new engine and frame combination, increased convenience and comfort, plus new style. Now, it’s time for it to move again. The 25YM PCX125 features a strong evolution of its avant-garde design, with upgrades to chassis and technology. And, in the process, looks to consolidate its place at the beating heart of European scooter culture.

– 

2. Model Overview

The PCX125 has a unique presence and is a rolling statement of difference. The refreshed, super-stylish 25YM bodywork hides ample under-seat storage and floor space; there’s also a USB-C socket in the glovebox. 

The new-for-25YM DX model introduces a new five-inch TFT screen up front which offers intuitive control, clarity in bright light and easy Honda RoadSync smartphone connectivity. Across all models, Honda’s Smart Key is standard and operates the ignition and seat, whilst the rich specification is rounded out with LED lighting all round.

The enhanced Smart Power Plus (eSP+) four-valve engine produces 9.2kW power, 11.7Nm torque and returns 47.6km/l / 2.1L/100km (WMTC mode). It features Idling Stop technology and Honda Selectable Torque Control (HSTC) maintains rear wheel traction. For 25YM it has new ECU settings, catalyser position and a new O2 sensor.

A tubular steel frame is tough, lightweight and mounts 31mm telescopic front forks and twin rear shocks, with DX models also gaining remote reservoirs. The rear drum brake has also been replaced with a 220mm disc brake.

The 25YM PCX125 will be available in the following colour options:

  • Mat Galaxy Black Metallic
  • Mat Dim Gray Metallic – *NEW*
  • Pearl Snowflake White – *NEW*
  • Pearl Dark Ash Blue – *NEW*

3. Key Features
    3.1 Styling & Equipment

  • Redesigned, futuristic bodywork flows as one in PCX signature style; handlebars are now covered
  • ‘DX’ model’ features new five-inch TFT display with Honda RoadSync smartphone connectivity
  • LED headlight features distinct daytime running light
  • 30.4L storage capacity under the seat; USB-C charging socket in the glove box
  • Smart Key operation of ignition and seat 

A consistent design signature of the PCX125 has always been the bodywork – with its strong character line and ‘block’ primary paint colour – flowing together as a whole, front to rear. And it has evolved, elegantly for 25YM; the tautly defined front fairing flares in its upper portion but elegantly draws in at the waist; alongside a blacked-out screen this produces effective wind protection without excess bulk. Bold and beautiful, no other scooter has such futuristic style.

Full, premium LED lighting also sets the PCX125 apart from the crowd. The headlight features an evolved signature, built around a slimmed down ‘V’ shaped light signature that itself frames defined headlights.

Whilst the standard model grade utilises an LCD screen to relay all vital information to the rider, the new ‘DX’ version model of the PCX125 introduces a new five-inch full colour TFT screen that uses optical bonding to improve visibility in bright sunlight. By sealing the gap between the cover glass and TFT screen with resin, glare is reduced, and backlight transmittance improved. Seamless IOS/Android smartphone connectivity of Honda RoadSync is an additional new element.

This feature – alongside a new simplified, easy-to-use, backlit four-way toggle-switch on the left handlebar – allows straightforward, on-screen turn-by-turn navigation as well as the option (via a Bluetooth helmet headset) for the rider to make calls or listen to music. All an owner has to do is download the Honda RoadSync app from either the Play Store or the App Store, connect to the PCX125, and go. 

Wide handlebars are also a PCX signature to offer excellent leverage and manoeuvrability around towns and other urban areas. The rear grab rail provides the passenger with comfortable and supportive hand holds while on the move. The seat is contoured for both rider/pillion comfort and easy ground reach; seat height is set at 763mm but is very manageable with a ‘straddling’ height of 540mm.

The swooping lines also hide ample storage capacity under the seat. 30.4L is perfect for a full-face helmet, and more. There’s also a USB-C socket in the glovebox, ready to plug a smartphone straight into. Even the fuel filler cap cover features space to store the fuel cap during re-fuelling.

Smart Key operation is also convenient. As well as controlling the main ignition switch knob and compartment locking it can also manage the (optional) 35L removable Smart Top Box. With the Smart Key in the rider’s pocket the box is unlocked, and automatically locks when the rider walks away. It can also be locked from the key.

3.2 Chassis

  • Steel frame offers durability with nimble handling 
  • Large spring diameter/ long stroke twin rear shocks, with DX variants gaining remote reservoirs 
  • Rear disc replaces the previously fitted drum brake
  • Stylish wheels complement the curvaceous body style

The PCX125 uses duplex steel cradle frame designed to deliver the durability needed for the rigours of urban life, with around-town manoeuvrability, user-friendliness and relaxed riding position.

Wheelbase is set at 1,315mm, with the 25YM featuring a lightly amended 26.5° rake, and 80mm trail. Overall kerb weight is 133kg (DX – 134kg). Both wheels – 14-inch front and 13-inch rear – employ a design that complements the bodywork. Tyre sizes are sized 110/70-14M/C front and 130/70-13M/C rear.

The 31mm front forks feature 89mm axle travel, while the rear shock absorbers have 95mm. For 25YM, and improved damping consistency, the DX variant gains remote reservoirs with springs weighted for a smooth ride on rough city streets. 

Stopping power is provided by a twin-piston front caliper and 220mm disc now matched to a 220mm rear disc that works with a single-piston caliper.

3.3 Engine 

  • 125cc, water-cooled eSP+ SOHC four-valve engine 
  • Honda Selectable Torque Control (HSTC) 
  • Idling Stop technology
  • New ECU settings, catalyser re-sited and O2 sensor added

The PCX125’s enhanced Smart Power Plus (eSP+) four-valve, water-cooled SOHC powerplant delivers 9.2kW @ 8,750rpm, with peak torque of 11.7Nm @ 6,500rpm. Bore and stroke is set at 53.5 x 55.5mm with compression ratio of 11.5:1.

It accelerates smartly from a standing start or roll-on, and the PCX will cruise happily around 90km/h. V-max is 98km/h. And, thanks to the engine’s fuel efficiency of approximately 47.6km/l (WMTC mode), and 8.1L tank range is approximately 385km between fill ups.

Technology to boost rider confidence in wet conditions is Honda Selectable Torque Control (HSTC) which works in the background to deftly manage rear wheel traction. A ‘T’ indicator flickers on the dash when HSTC is actively reducing wheelspin, and the system can be turned off completely.

Honda’s eSP+ low-friction technologies are found throughout the engine; clever packaging of items like the oil pump (which is built into the crankcase) help to further ensure efficiency. A compact combustion chamber and PGM-FI fuel injection – with 28mm diameter throttle body, 2mm larger – optimises burning velocity and cooling performance.

An offset cylinder reduces friction caused by contact between piston and bore, efficiently transmitting combustion energy to the crankshaft. A ‘spiny’ cast-iron sleeve – with tiny surface extensions – keeps in check any distortion of the inner bore diameter. This design lowers tension in the piston ring, reducing friction. A hydraulic cam chain tensioner further improves engine efficiencies by reducing internal vibrations and improving fuel economy.

Piston oil jets – as used by CRF450R competition MX machine – maintain consistent cooling. This allows ignition timing advances and prevents abnormal combustion, such as ‘knocking’. A hydraulic cam chain tensioner lifter inhibits chain vibration, controls noise and reduces friction.

A high-efficiency radiator – integrated into the exterior of the right-side crankcase – employs a small, light fan reducing frictional losses and lowering drag. Rolling resistance within the transmission unit is reduced using three low-friction main bearings, all designed to deal with the loads they individually receive. An optimised clutch – and pulleys – complement the performance.

The electronically controlled, brushless ACG starter is an integrated component mounted directly on the end of the crankshaft, serving as starter motor and alternator. It spins the engine directly, eliminating any noise from gear engagement or meshing.

Idling Stop automatically stops the engine running after three seconds at idle when the scooter is stationary, and the brakes applied and re-starts it instantly the throttle grip is twisted. It’s seamless in use thanks to ACG and the swing-back system that returns the crank to its position before air intake, and a decompression mechanism that negates cranking resistance from compression. It has the functionality to ‘read’ the battery charge and turns itself off to avoid excessive drain.

To meet Euro 5+ emissions compliance, new ECU settings are matched to a re-designed exhaust system featuring a repositioned catalyser and new O2 sensor.

4. Accessories 

A range of Genuine Honda Accessories are available for the PCX125. The Winter Pack is specially designed to enhance the riders’ comfort during adverse and cold weather. It includes:

  • Windshield
  • Heated Grips

Also available as individual items, are:

  • Outdoor cover
  • 35L Smart Top Box
  • 35L Manual Top Box
  • Loud Security Buzzer

5. Technical Specifications 

 

PCX 125

PCX 125 ‘DX’

ENGINE

Type

Liquid-cooled four-stroke, four valve SOHC single, eSP+

Displacement

125 cc

Bore x Stroke (mm)

53.5 mm x 55.5 mm

Compression Ratio

11.5:1

Max. Power Output

9.2 kW at 8,750 rpm

Max. Torque

11.7 Nm at 6,500 rpm

Noise Level (dB)

84 dB

Max Speed

98 km/h

Oil Capacity

0.9 L

Starter

E-Starter

FUEL SYSTEM

Carburation

PGM-FI Fuel Injection

Fuel Tank Capacity

8.1 L

CO2 Emissions WMTC

49 g/km

Fuel Consumption

2.1 L/100km

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Battery Type

AGM

Battery Capacity

12 V 7 Ah

DRIVETRAIN

Clutch Type

Automatic Centrifugal Clutch Dry Type

Transmission Type

CVT

Final Drive

V-Belt

FRAME

Frame Type

Tubular Steel Underbone

CHASSIS

Dimensions (L'W'H)

1,935 mm x 740 mm x 1,125 mm

Wheelbase

1,315 mm

Caster Angle

26.5°

Trail

80 mm

Seat Height

763 mm

Ground Clearance

135 mm

Kerb Weight

133 kg

134kg

SUSPENSION

Suspension Front

31 mm Telescopic 89 mm travel

Suspension Rear

Twin shock 95 mm travel

Twin shock with remote reservoir 95 mm travel

WHEELS

Wheels Front

14M/C x MT2.75, 5-spoke cast aluminium

Wheels Rear

13M/C x MT3.50, 5-spoke cast aluminium

Tyres Front

110/70-14M/C 50P

Tyres Rear

130/70-13M/C 63P

BRAKES

ABS Type

One-channel

Brakes Front

Dual piston caliper. Single 220mm disc

Brakes Rear

Mono piston caliper. Single 220mm disc

INSTRUMENTS & ELECTRICS

Instruments

LCD – Fuel meter, Odometer, Dual Trip, Average fuel consumption, Section fuel consumption, Clock, Oil change indicator

Five-inch TFT Panel Multi Information Display

Headlight

LED

Taillight

LED

Connectivity

No

RoadSync

USB

USB-C

 ***

All specifications are provisional and subject to change without notice.

# Please note that the figures provided are results obtained by Honda under standardised testing conditions prescribed by WMTC. Tests are conducted on a rolling road using a standard version of the vehicle with only one rider and no additional optional equipment. Actual fuel consumption may vary depending on how you ride, how you maintain your vehicle, weather, road conditions, tire pressure, installation of accessories, cargo, rider and passenger weight, and other factors. 

25YM Honda SH350i 

Model updates: Honda’s range-topping SH powers into 25YM wearing updated style and new LED lighting. Specification includes Smart Key operation, Honda Selectable Torque Control (HSTC) and upgraded catalyser – with revised ECU settings an additional O2 sensor – LCD instrument panel and USB-C socket in the front pocket. An internal compartment light is also a new addition. Two brand-new colours and four new colour combinations for 25YM maintain its high desirability factor as the head of Honda’s SH family.

Contents:

  1. Introduction
  2. Model overview
  3. Key features
  4. Accessories
  5. Technical specifications

1. Introduction

Look around Europe’s capital cities and two letters will be constantly, obviously, on the move around you: SH. Over a million SH scooters have been sold in Europe over the last 42 years, earning the SH tag the status of a brand-within-a-brand, underpinned by Honda’s famed build quality and reliability.

The SH300i, with its compact, flat-floored step-through design and 16-inch front and rear wheels carried all the SH signature touches and packed something extra – a powerful engine delivering maximum response for both city and highway use. 

It became the first Honda to gain EURO4 compliance back in 15YM; at the same time its engine got a boost in torque output and fuel efficiency. Its look, too, was made more muscular while the chassis received revisions to expand storage space and maintain its razor-sharp handling.

In 19YM it gained Honda Selectable Torque Control (HSTC) and Smart Key operation, and, in 21YM, the story continued: the SH350i grew cubic capacity, thus power and torque, and received an elegant re-style further cementing its position as the perfect all-round flat floor urban scooter.

With a family that also includes the ever-popular SH125i and SH150i, for 25YM the range-topping SH350i adds to its desirability through a design refresh, plus two sharp new colours and four new colour combinations.

2. Model Overview

The SH350i’s eSP+ engine makes peak power of 21.5Kw and is strong all the way through the rev-range, delivering the fast acceleration for which it is justifiably famous. 25YM delivers revisions to ECU settings, catalyser and muffler layout, as well as an additional O2 sensor.

Sleek styling – with updated ‘face’ and LED lighting – complements the SH formula of compact, usable practicality; this is a scooter that’s easy to both ride and park. An internal luggage light has been added to the under-seat compartment which, as ever, takes a full-face helmet. A USB-C socket can also be found in the front storage pocket, and the dash is attractive LCD.

The mainframe is a durable, lightweight steel underbone layout; 16-inch wheels roll smoothly while the suspension – telescopic front forks and twin rear shocks – delivers a compliant ride.

For 25YM the SH350i will be available in the following colour options:

  • *NEW* Pearl Nebbia White
  • *NEW* Mat Jeans Blue Metallic
  • *NEW* Mat Rock Gray
  • *NEW* Mat Pearl Diaspro Red
  • Mat Lucent Silver Metallic
  • Black

3. Key Features
    3.1 Styling & Equipment

  • Updated, sophisticated SH style includes signature flat floor
  • USB-C in the front storage pocket; under seat storage gains internal light
  • Smart Key operation, LCD instrumentation
  • Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) function warns other road users of sudden braking

The SH350i is a scooter that instantly defines its presence on the road, marking out its premium SH lineage. Its ‘face’ sets it apart and the 25YM update brings with it an evolution – the redesigned LED headlight features a central main beam splitting dual dip beams, while revised side lights and reprofiled indicators create a sleek, contemporary frontal signature. The LED taillight and indicators sit neatly at the rear, between an aluminium passenger grab rail.

Of course, as an SH, function is as important as form. The riding position supports a wide range of rider sizes and delivers a relaxed, upright stance and great all-round vision. Total machine length is 2160mm, with width of 742mm and height of 1160mm. Minimum ground clearance is 130mm.

There’s room for a full-face helmet under the seat – and now also a useful internal light – and seat height itself is an easy-to-manage 805mm (just 6mm more than the SH125/150). Additional storage can be found in the larger for 25YM glovebox that can take everyday items and valuables. There’s also a USB-C socket for easy charging of a mobile device. The standard SH flat floor (435mm wide) makes loads easy to carry as well as aiding the rider step on and off. A foldable utility hook on the front panel adds bag-carrying convenience.

An attractive LCD dash presents all warning lights – including HSTC and ABS operation – neatly around a central digital speedo/odometer display. All operations on the dash are carried out via buttons on the left handlebar.

The front and rear indicators have an auto-cancelling Emergency Stop Signal feature. Once the ABS recognises hard braking is in process, the hazard lights flash to warn other road users.

Adding to the convenience of a busy life on the move is the Smart Key which – as well as controlling the main ignition switch knob and storage compartment locking – can also manage the optional 35L top box. With the Smart Key in the rider’s pocket the Smart Top Box is unlocked, and automatically locks when the rider walks away. It can also be locked from the key.

3.2 Engine

  • 330cc engine produces 21.5Kw peak power with 31.5Nm torque
  • eSP+ technology ensures fuel economy of 28.6km/L (WMTC mode)
  • New ECU settings, catalyser, muffler internals and O2 sensor

The SH350i’s enhanced Smart Power+ (eSP+) engine achieves both high environmental performance and strong output characteristics through comprehensive adoption of technologies for friction reduction.

Liquid-cooled, the fuel-injected SOHC four-valve unit produces peak power of 21.5kW @ 7,500rpm, with maximum torque of 31.5Nm @ 5,250rpm. From a standing start, the SH350i will hit 200m in 10.2s.

Bore is 77mm with 70.8mm stroke; compression ratio is set at 10.5:1. Roller-type rocker arm, plain journal crank bearings and sealed crankcases deliver long-term reliability together with strong performance. To enhance piston cooling, an oil jet, as used on the CRF450R, sprays oil right to the back of the piston, advancing ignition timing and improving combustion performance. Oil capacity is 1.85 litres.

Air is supplied via a 5.5 litre airbox. A 36mm throttle body feeds 28mm inlet valves with maximum efficiency. The intake port also draws air efficiently, utilising a ‘tumble’ flow within the cylinder for consistent fuel combustion. Exhaust gases are expelled via a straight exhaust port.

Internal friction is reduced through a 5mm offset cylinder, a hydraulic cam chain adjuster and a scavenger pump. Used on high performance machines, the pump lowers the internal pressure within the engine, reduces oil agitation and decreases pumping losses and internal rotational friction. A balancer shaft further reduces vibration and contributes to a smooth enjoyable ride.

An automatic centrifugal clutch works a V-Matic transmission (with ratios set for fast low speed reaction and smart acceleration) and belt final drive.

The engine is equipped with Honda Selectable Torque Control (HSTC). The system detects any difference between the front and rear wheel speeds, calculates the slip ratio and then controls engine torque via the fuel injection to regain rear wheel traction. HSTC can be switched ON-OFF via a switch on the left handlebar. A ‘T’ indicator in the digital display flickers when the system is working to manage grip.

Alongside updated ECU settings the muffler’s internal structure has been revised, the catalyser upgraded and an additional O2 sensor has been added alongside the Primary LAF sensor to ensure Euro5+ compliance. Fuel economy is a frugal 28.6km/L (WMTC mode); the 9.1L tank capacity gives a potential 260km+ range.

3.3 Chassis

  • Lightweight steel underbone frame 
  • 35mm telescopic forks and twin rear shock absorbers
  • Stability from 16-inch front and rear wheels; new Pirelli Angel scooter tyres

The well-proven chassis is designed to deliver agility and composure in all riding situations and each component of the steel underbone frame is optimised for high-speed stability and comfort. Rake and trail are set at 27.5° and 99mm respectively, with wheelbase set at 1450mm. For maximum control and nimbleness, the handlebars feature a 45° turn radius from centre, whilst kerb weight is just 172kg (175kg FOP).

Supple suspension response is provided by 35mm telescopic forks, twin rear shock absorbers, cast aluminium swingarm (with new 25YM muffler mounting shape) and an Oleo link system mounted underneath the engine to assist handling feel and bump absorption.

Tyres are sized 110/70-16 front and 130/70R16 rear and, for 25YM, are Pirelli Angel (from Pirelli FEELFREE). Two-channel ABS manages the 256mm disc brakes front and rear.

4. Accessories

A range of Genuine Honda Accessories are available for the SH350i. An Urban Pack enhances practicality and provides added peace of mind by equipping comfort and security accessories, all without losing any of the SH’s iconic style cues. The curated pack includes: 

  • Loud Security Buzzer
  • Adjustable Heated Grips

All accessories are available individually. Also available:

  • Outdoor Cover
  • Top box Inner Bag (with Honda wing logo and adj. shoulder belt/ carrying handles)
  • U-Lock
  • 35L Colour-matching Smart Top Box (standard in some markets)
  • 35L Top Box with manual opening and Honda One-key system
  • Clear Knuckle-visors
  • Winshield

5. Technical Specifications

ENGINE

Type

Liquid-cooled four-stroke, four valve SOHC single, eSP+

Displacement

330 cc

Bore x Stroke (mm)

77 mm x 70.8 mm

Compression Ratio

10.5

Max. Power Output

21.5 kW at 7,500 rpm

Max. Torque

31.5 Nm at 5,250 rpm

Noise Level (dB)

82dB

Max Speed

134 km/h

Oil Capacity

1.85 L

Starter

E-Starter

FUEL SYSTEM

Carburation

PGM-FI Fuel Injection

Fuel Tank Capacity

9.1L

CO2 Emissions WMTC

79 g/km

Fuel Consumption

3.4 L/100km

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Battery Type

AGM YTZ10

Battery Capacity

12 V 8.6 Ah / 9.1Ah

DRIVETRAIN

Clutch Type

Automatic Centrifugal Clutch Dry Type

Transmission Type

CVT

Final Drive

V-Belt

FRAME

Frame Type

Tubular Steel Underbone

CHASSIS

Dimensions (L'W'H)

2,160 mm x 742 mm x 1,160 mm

Wheelbase

1,450 mm

Caster Angle

27.5°

Trail

99 mm

Seat Height

805 mm

Ground Clearance

130 mm

Kerb Weight

172 kg

Turning radius

2.2 m

SUSPENSION

Suspension Front

35 mm telescopic fork

Suspension Rear

Twin shock

WHEELS

Wheels Front

16 M/C x MT2.75 U-section 6-spoke cast aluminium

Wheels Rear

16 M/C x MT3.50 U-section 6-spoke cast aluminium

Tyres Front

110/70-16M/C (52S)

Tyres Rear

130/70R16M/C (61S)

BRAKES

ABS Type

Two-channel ABS

Brakes Front

Twin piston caliper. 256 mm, single disc

Brakes Rear

Mono piston caliper. 256 mm, single disc

INSTRUMENTS & ELECTRICS

Instruments

LCD – Fuel meter, Water temperature gauge, Odometer, Dual Trip, Average fuel consumption, Section fuel consumption, Clock, Oil change indicator

Headlight

LED

Taillight

LED

USB

USB-C

HSTC

Yes – On/ Off

Additional Features

ESS, SMART Key

All specifications are provisional and subject to change without notice.

# Please note that the figures provided are results obtained by Honda under standardised testing conditions prescribed by WMTC. Tests are conducted on a rolling road using a standard version of the vehicle with only one rider and no additional optional equipment. Actual fuel consumption may vary depending on how you ride, how you maintain your vehicle, weather, road conditions, tire pressure, installation of accessories, cargo, rider and passenger weight, and other factors.

25YM Honda ADV350

Model Updates: The ADV350 mixes the tough adventure style of its X-ADV sibling with a rugged chassis specification that includes a tubular steel frame and 37mm USD forks. 25YM updates include spring preload-adjustable remote reservoir rear shocks, a five-inch TFT screen with Honda RoadSync smartphone connectivity and four-way toggle switch, storage compartment light and auto-cancelling indicators. Mechanically, the 330cc engine gains revised muffler internals, an upgraded catalyser, new ECU settings and the addition of an O2 sensor to produce a healthy 21.5kW and 31.5Nm, with rear wheel grip managed by HSTC. The screen is height adjustable and there’s room for two full-face helmets under the seat. A USB socket in the glovebox and Smart Key operation are further practical touches. Four fresh new paint options add to its wide-ranging appeal for 25YM.

Contents

  1. Introduction
  2. Model overview
  3. Key features
  4. Accessories
  5. Technical specifications

1. Introduction

In 2016, when Honda unveiled the X-ADV – part big-bore scooter, part adventure motorcycle and clothed in an all-new style of bodywork – a rich vein of desire was opened with a bike that Europe didn’t know it needed. As an example of genuine innovation, it has few equals in the past decade.

Its success has more than justified Honda’s decision to break that new ground. Taking this inspiration and injecting it into the scooter market, the ADV350 – unveiled for 22YM and manufactured at Honda Italia Industriale – mixed the sophistication and practicality of a polished scooter with rugged ADV style design. It was built around the concept of ‘New Urban Adventure’ and drew direct inspiration from the X-ADV.

And it landed just right. The ADV350 is a model that clearly appeals to a broad European demographic (especially younger riders), as over 22,000 units have been sold since its introduction. Now, for 25YM, it’s time to move up the development curve through thoughtful updates to handling, performance, and tech that owners will appreciate.

As ever, the ADV350 is a scooter born ready to explore the city, and beyond.

2. Model Overview

With its tough stance the ADV350 already stands out from the homogenous crowd, with rugged angles and block colours that promote the off-road look. The X-ADV is its obvious styling benchmark, which itself takes notes from Honda’s CRF series of off-road performance machines.

Practicality has not been forgotten; there’s room for two full-face helmets under the seat (now with internal light), USB socket in the glovebox and convenience of Smart Key operation. The screen is four stage height-adjustable and a new, five-inch TFT display integrates Honda RoadSync smartphone connectivity with an intuitive four-way toggle control switch. 

The adventurous styling showcases the ADV350’s unique front end, the riding position offers natural control and the chassis – with its tubular steel frame – is tuned to deliver agile steering, feedback and feel. 37mm USD forks, with top/bottom motorcycle style yokes and  remote reservoir rear shocks – revised for 25YM to feature spring preload adjustability – bring premium bump-absorption performance.

Lightweight 15-inch front/14-inch rear wheels wear 120/70-15 front and 140/70-14 rear block-pattern tubeless tyres, allowing the ADV350 ample grip across all conditions. A 256mm single disc is matched to a 240mm rear.

There’s plenty of acceleration on tap, for urban and highway use. With exhaust and ECU updates, the 330cc, enhanced Smart Power+ (eSP+) SOHC four-valve engine delivers peak power of 21.5kW and 31.5Nm torque.

Safety is provided in the form of standard Honda Selectable Torque Control (HSTC) and Emergency Stop Signals. For the 25YM updates, auto-cancel indicators are now also standard equipment.

The 25YM ADV350 will be available in the following colour options:  

  • *NEW* Pearl Nightstar Black
  • *NEW* Mat Ruthenium Silver Metallic
  • *NEW* Hyper Red
  • *NEW* Mat Coal Black Metallic 

3. Key Features
    3.1 Styling & Equipment

  • Dual LED headlights lead the adventure style, set high above the front wheel and towards the edge of the body
  • New five-inch TFT display, with four-way toggle switch control and Honda RoadSync functionality
  • Everyday practicality comes in the form of a (now illuminated) under-seat compartment and a four stage height-adjustable screen
  • Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) warns other road users of sudden braking

The ADV350’s styling gives more than a slight taste of adventure. Dual LED headlights (all lighting is LED) are set high above the front wheel, towards the edge of the body, with the fairing sides cut out to show off the USD forks. Further accentuating the off-road feel, the painted panels are set high on blacked-out lower and rear seat cowl, giving an impression of the higher centre of gravity of machines like the X-ADV and even competition-ready CRFs.

A host of detail features are found around the ADV350 to add genuine versatility. The screen adjusts easily with a slide-lock mechanism through four stages and 133mm of travel. In the high position airflow is controlled, travelling around the shoulders to reduce fatigue during longer, higher speed journeys. For city environments – where some cooling air is often appreciated, as is open visibility – the low position is perfect. 

There’s plenty of room under the seat – 48L in total – which means two full-face helmets can tuck neatly away. The compartment can be divided using a separator plate, to suit the owner’s preference and the new internal light is a useful addition. A USB socket is also found in the front left glove box, for secure smartphone charging. Seat height is an easy-to-manage 795mm. 25YM detail additions focus on increasing the ease of installing Genuine Honda Accessories, with are pre-wiring for the Fog Lights and Attachment Stays for the Floor Pipes now built in.

A new five-inch full colour TFT screen uses optical bonding to improve visibility in bright sunlight. By sealing the gap between the cover glass and TFT screen with resin, glare is reduced, and backlight transmittance improved. IOS/Android smartphone connectivity of Honda RoadSync is also an upgrade.

This feature – alongside a simplified, easy-to-use, backlit four-way toggle-switch on the left handlebar – allows straightforward, on-screen turn-by-turn navigation as well as the option (via a Bluetooth helmet headset) for the rider to make calls or listen to music. All an owner has to do is download the Honda RoadSync app from either the Play Store or the App Store, connect to the ADV350, and go.

Another convenient feature is the Smart Key, which controls the main ignition switch knob and seat locking from the rider’s pocket, and automatically locks the ADV350 when the rider walks away. It also manages the optional 50L Smart top box; with the Smart Key present the box is unlocked. An answer back switch also flashes the indicators for easy location.

The Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) system also operates (and self-cancels) the rear indicators during a hard-stop situation, alerting road users behind. The indicators also now auto-cancel in normal use.

3.2 Chassis

  • Lightweight tubular steel frame, features motorcycle-style 37mm USD forks 
  • Remote reservoir rear shocks – now spring preload adjustable ­– deliver agile handling and natural control
  • Six-spoke cast aluminium wheels run block-pattern tubeless tyres
  • Disc brakes front and rear

As a scooter designed to handle the rough-road rigours of the city – and even light off-road conditions – the ADV350’s chassis is built to be confidence-inspiring. A lightweight tubular steel frame provides core strength; wheelbase is set at 1520mm, with rake of 26.5° and 90mm trail. Kerb weight is 186kg.

Motorcycle-style 37mm USD forks (with 125mm stroke) are clamped by motorcycle-style top and bottom yokes, increasing rigidity for the entire front end. A 25YM update has been applied to the twin remote reservoir shock absorbers; they are now adjustable for spring preload and offer excellent suspension reaction on a variety of road surfaces. With 130mm travel, they work a one-piece aluminium swingarm.

The wheel design is unique in the Honda scooter range. Cast aluminium and finished in black, the lightweight 15-inch front/14-inch rear use an X-shaped 6-spoke criss-cross pattern. 120/70-15 front, and 140/70-14 rear block-pattern tubeless tyres offer a supple ride thanks to wide tread width and ample air volume. A 256mm single disc performs stopping duties up front, mated to a 240mm rear, with the benefit of 2-channel ABS for braking control.

3.3 Engine

  • 330cc enhanced Smart Power+ (eSP+) SOHC four-valve engine
  • Peak power of 21.5kW @ 7,500rpm with 31.5Nm torque @ 5,250rpm
  • New ECU settings, catalyser and O2 sensor with muffler internals – and protective cover – updated
  • 11.7L fuel tank and 28.6km/l economy (WMTC mode) gives a potential 330km+ range

The 330cc, enhanced Smart Power+ (eSP+) SOHC four­-valve engine achieves both high environmental performance and strong output characteristic – for use in and out of the city – through comprehensive adoption of low friction technology.

Peak power of 21.5kW @ 7,500rpm is matched to 31.5Nm torque @ 5,250rpm. Bore and stroke are set at 77mm x 70.8mm, with compression ratio of 10.5:1. A roller­-type rocker arm, plain journal crank bearings and sealed crankcase deliver long-term reliability together with strong performance. To enhance piston cooling, an oil jet, as used on the CRF450R, sprays oil right to the back of the piston, advancing ignition timing and improving combustion performance. Oil capacity is 1.8 litres.

Air is supplied via a 5.5 litre airbox and a 36mm throttle body feeds fuel/air mixture to 28mm inlet valves. The intake port draws air in efficiently, using a ‘tumble’ flow within the cylinder for consistent fuel combustion and exhaust gases are expelled via a straight exhaust port.

Internal friction is reduced through a 5mm offset cylinder, hydraulic cam chain adjuster and use of a scavenger pump. Used on high performance machines, the pump lowers the internal pressure within the engine, reduces oil agitation and decreases pumping losses and internal rotational friction.

A balancer shaft further reduces vibration and contributes to a smooth, enjoyable ride. An automatic centrifugal clutch works V­-Matic transmission (with ratios set for fast low speed reaction and smart acceleration) and belt final drive.

The ADV350’s engine is also equipped with two level Honda Selectable Torque Control (HSTC). The system detects any difference between the front and rear wheel speeds, calculates the slip ratio and then controls engine torque via the fuel injection to regain rea wheel traction. HSTC can be switched ON/­OFF via a switch on the left handlebar. A ‘TC’ indicator in the display blinks when the system is managing the grip.

Alongside updated ECU settings, the muffler’s internal structure (as well as its protective outer cover) has been revised, the catalyser upgraded and an O2 sensor added to ensure forward-looking compliance. Fuel economy is a frugal 28.6km/l (WMTC mode); the 11.7L tank capacity gives a potential 330km+ range.

4. Accessories 

A full range of Genuine Honda Accessories are available for the ADV350 either individually or in carefully curated packs for user convenience:

The Comfort Park is versatile collection of parts designed to enhance rider comfort and convenience:

  • Deflector Set
  • Heated Grips
  • Console Bag
  • High Screen 

The Style Pack builds in additional protection and looks:

  • Optional Seat 
  • Stainless Plate 
  • Handlebar Holder  

The Adventure Pack is a robust, purpose-built accessory set designed to significantly boost the bike’s off-road appearance and enhance its road presence and visibility:

  • Side Pipes
  • Led Fog Lights and Attachments 

The Urban Pack is designed to enhance urban commuting capability by combining cutting-edge technology with practical, city-focused features and increasing carrying capacity:

  • Rear Carrier 
  • 50L Smart Top Box with electronic opener and backrest
  • Aluminium Cover for Top Box
  • Loud Security Buzzer 

Also available:

  • U Lock
  • Outdoor Cover

5. Technical Specifications  

ENGINE

Type

Liquid-cooled four-stroke, four-valve SOHC single, eSP+

Displacement

330 cc

Bore x Stroke (mm)

77 mm x 70.8 mm

Compression Ratio

10.5:1

Max. Power Output

21.5 kW at 7,500 rpm

Max. Torque

31.5 Nm at 5,250 rpm

Noise Level (dB)

max. 81.7 dB

Max Speed

133 km/h

Oil Capacity

1.8 L

Starter

E-Starter

FUEL SYSTEM

Carburation

PGM-FI Fuel Injection

Fuel Tank Capacity

11.7 L

CO2 Emissions WMTC

79 g/km

Fuel Consumption

3.4 L/100km

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Battery Type

AGM YTZ10

Battery Capacity

12 V 8.6 Ah

DRIVETRAIN

Clutch Type

Automatic centrifugal clutch dry type

Transmission Type

CVT

Final Drive

V-Belt

FRAME

Frame Type

Tubular steel underbone

CHASSIS

Dimensions (L'W'H)

2,200 mm x 895 mm x 1,295 mm

Wheelbase

1,520 mm

Caster Angle

26.5°

Trail

90 mm

Seat Height

795 mm

Ground Clearance

145 mm

Kerb Weight

186 kg

SUSPENSION

Suspension Front

37 mm Upside down forks 125 mm travel

Suspension Rear

Twin shock 130 mm travel

WHEELS

Wheels Front

Cast aluminium  

Wheels Rear

Cast aluminium  

Tyres Front

120/70-15MC 56P

Tyres Rear

140/70-14MC 62P

BRAKES

ABS Type

Two-channel ABS

Brakes Front

Twin piston Nissin caliper. 256 mm, single disc

Brakes Rear

Twin piston Nissin caliper. 240 mm, single disc

INSTRUMENTS & ELECTRICS

Instruments

Five-inch TFT panel multi-information display

Headlight

LED

Taillight

LED

Connectivity

RoadSync

USB

USB-C

Auto Winker Cancel

Yes

HSTC

Two level + OFF

Additional Features

ESS, SMART Key,

All specifications are provisional and subject to change without notice.

# Please note that the figures provided are results obtained by Honda under standardised testing conditions prescribed by WMTC. Tests are conducted on a rolling road using a standard version of the vehicle with only one rider and no additional optional equipment. Actual fuel consumption may vary depending on how you ride, how you maintain your vehicle, weather, road conditions, tire pressure, installation of accessories, cargo, rider and passenger weight, and other factors. 

Improved ergonomics, updated technology and another new member ensure Honda’s CMX family goes from strength to strength

  • Introduction of CMX1100SE Rebel – a ‘ready-to-go’ Special Edition factory custom
  • Revised handlebar placement and seat thickness for CMX1100 Rebels and CMX500 Rebel improve rider comfort
  • CMX1100 Rebel also gains engine upgrades for stronger low- and mid-range punch
  • New colour palettes and options keep style fresh across the range

In the latest addition to its comprehensive 25 year model line-up, Honda is pleased to announce upgrades to the CMX500 Rebel and CMX1100 Rebel – holders of the top two spots in the 2023 European custom bike sales charts.

For 25YM, the A2-friendly CMX500 – the best-selling custom motorcycle in Europe in 2021, 2022 and 2023 – gains several subtle upgrades to improve ride comfort, visual impact and everyday practicality. A new rear bumpstop design improves the ride over rougher surfaces, whilst the seat has also been reprofiled and redesigned in a new urethane foam to increase rider comfort without any change to the extremely accessible 690mm height. The handlebar position has also been finely tuned for 25YM to create a more relaxed ‘natural’ seating position.

An easy transition between pillion and single occupancy has been facilitated through easy-to-remove pillion pad and rear footpegs, which also allows a wider range of accessories to be fitted. Optional extras are conveniently organised in to newly curated packs or as individually available items and include a rear rack, backrest, tank pads, flyscreen, nylon or leather saddlebags and much more to truly tailor the CMX500 Rebel to individual rider tastes and needs.

The CMX500 Rebel ‘S’ edition continues for 25YM and comes complete with factory-fit headlight cowl with smoke screen, retro style front fork covers and gaiters and a special brown diamond-stitch style seat and bronze wheels.

Much like its smaller sibling, the CMX1100 Rebel, which joined the line-up as a 21 year model, also receives a number of upgrades – to engine performance, comfort, riding ergonomics and technology. Plus, there’s a new addition: the CMX1100SE Rebel – a ‘ready-to-go’ Special Edition factory custom that drips street character thanks to the addition of a colour-matched nose cowl, specially designed fork leg gaiters, and a short, sporty front mudguard from the Genuine Honda Accessories range. The SE is also the first factory Honda since the RC213V-S to wear bar-end mirrors.

For all three CMX1100 Rebels, a more relaxed riding position is the key 25YM update. The handlebars have move rearward and upwards, the footpegs forward. The seat is now 10mm thicker, while overall seat height remains a very manageable 710mm.

The characterful 1,084cc parallel twin-cylinder engine has been overhauled for 25YM, with a higher compression ratio giving an even stronger low- and mid-range punch and an enhanced, evocative exhaust note.

As ever, Throttle By Wire (TBW) management brings with it sophisticated rider aids: there are three default riding modes and one user defined option that allows control over a number of different parameters to suit riding conditions or rider mood, including engine power delivery, engine braking, the level of Honda Selectable Torque Control (with integrated Wheelie Control), and the shift schedule of the optional Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT), which is itself updated for smoother low-speed response. A new five-inch TFT display features customisable screens and the smartphone connectivity of Honda RoadSync, plus a USB-C socket also on the left of the unit.

The 25YM CMX500 Rebel will be available in the following colour options:

  • Mat Dim Gray Metallic **NEW**
  • Mat Gunpowder Black Metallic 

The 25YM CMX500 Rebel ‘S’ Edition will be available in the following colour option:

  • Mat Gunpowder Black Metallic 
  • Candy Energy Orange **NEW**

The 25YM CMX1100 Rebel will be available in a new Pearl Hawkseye Blue; the 25YM CMX1100T Rebel will be available in a new Iridium Gray Metallic.

The new-for-25YM CMX1100SE Rebel will be available in the following colour options:

  • Flare Orange Metallic
  • Mat Ballistic Black Metallic

25YM Honda CMX1100 Rebel

Model updates: Honda’s duo of big-bore Rebel cruisers become a trio with addition of the new ‘street custom’ CMX1100SE. All three share the well-proven 1,084cc twin-cylinder engine, now with bolstered low- and mid-range torque, as well as more power. The Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT) option receives low-speed running upgrades to increase usability. Other updates comprise a more ergonomic riding position and new five-inch TFT screen with Honda RoadSync smartphone connectivity and USB-C socket. Technical highlights include Throttle By Wire (TBW) control, three default riding modes plus two USER customised modes, three-level Honda Selectable Torque Control (HSTC) and cruise control.

– 

Contents:

  1. Introduction
  2. Model overview
  3. Key Features
  4. Accessories
  5. Technical specifications 

1. Introduction  

Honda’s A2 licence-friendly 500cc twin-cylinder CMX500 Rebel, released in 17YM, fused tradition with ground-breaking new ideas to capture younger riders for whom a motorcycle is so much more than just transport; riders for whom their motorcycle is a lifestyle, an attitude, an expression of individual identity.

The Rebel’s combination of timeless ‘bobber’ style and unique, forward-looking, contemporary detailing earned it immediate popularity in its first sales season. And it has been far from a one-year wonder: in 2021, 2022 and 2023, the CMX500 Rebel was the best-selling custom style machine in Europe. Accessible, easy to ride and live with, by going its own way the Rebel proved an accomplished success in standard trim. And, as a blank canvas for customisation, it has been a machine more than ready for whatever its owner’s imagination has had in store for it.

For 21YM, where the CMX500 Rebel led, a new motorcycle followed: The CMX1100 Rebel. It took the essence of what made the smaller bike so special and added more performance, more character, and a wealth of Honda’s most advanced technology.

Armed with all the above, the CMX1100 Rebel offered a step up – or across from a different segment altogether – for a wide range of riders looking for something that bit different. In 23YM, the family expanded once again with the introduction of the CMX1100T Rebel, a dedicated Touring version ready to answer the call of the open road. 

For 25YM the big Rebel builds on the blocks of continued success and receives a host of upgrades to engine performance, comfort, riding ergonomics and technology. 

Plus, there’s a new addition: the CMX1100SE Rebel – an ‘out of the box’ Special Edition factory custom that drips street character thanks to Genuine Honda Accessories. As ever, and in whichever variant, the CMX1100 Rebel’s combination of performance, specification and accessibility will continue to resonate with riders across Europe.

2. Model Overview  

The CMX1100 Rebel has a dual personality. It’s been designed for a leisurely laidback cruise, but also to offer an exciting riding experience when a twisty road presents itself. Riders moving up from smaller bikes will appreciate the manageable dimensions and weight while more experienced riders will find instant, accessible enjoyment from the chassis’ handling potential, thanks to its stiff tubular steel frame, quality naked bike-spec suspension and high-powered braking.

A more relaxed riding position is a key 25YM update: the handlebars move rearward and up, the footpegs forward and the seat is now 10mm thicker with overall seat height a very manageable 710mm. All-comers will love the character and performance of the 1,084cc parallel twin-cylinder engine (as used by the CRF1100L Africa Twin). Especially for 25YM because, like its adventure-ready sibling, it has been re-tuned with a higher compression ratio to give even stronger low- and mid-range punch, with characterful delivery plus an enhanced, evocative exhaust note.

Throttle By Wire (TBW) management brings with it sophisticated rider aids: there are three default riding modes and two user defined options that allows control over a number of different parameters to suit riding conditions or rider mood, including engine power delivery, engine braking, the level of Honda Selectable Torque Control (with integrated Wheelie Control), and the shift schedule of the optional Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT), which is itself updated for smoother low-speed response. 

As a 21st century bobber, the big Rebel’s stripped-back style speaks volumes with its minimalism. Steel mudguards front and rear sit atop fat tyres; the circular headlight mixes old school looks with new school LED technology. A new five-inch TFT display features customisable screens and the smartphone connectivity of Honda RoadSync. The USB-C socket also now locates on the left of the unit.

The 25YM CMX1100 Rebel will be available in the following colour option:

  • Pearl Hawkseye Blue **NEW** 

The 25YM CMX1100T Rebel will be available in the following colour option:

  • Iridium Gray Metallic **NEW**

The 25YM CMX1100T SE Rebel will be available in the following colour options: 

  • Flare Orange Metallic **NEW**
  • Mat Ballistic Black Metallic **NEW** 

3.1 Styling & Equipment 

The CMX1100 Rebel offers a simple, raw and ‘unprocessed’ look created by the same US-based Honda R&D studio that laid down the style of the CMX500 Rebel. Long and low, with narrow body crowned by the sculpted 13.6L flangeless fuel tank, its minimalist presence has real depth, with proportions that are complemented naturally with a rider on board.

Both front and rear mudguards are drawn from 1mm-thick steel and mounted on die-cast aluminium brackets. The low set 175mm diameter headlight has a classic form but houses four LED bulbs with thick inner lenses for a well-defined frontal signature. The small 55mm circular indicators, too, have classic looks but the oval, clear-lensed LED taillight strikes a contemporary note and chimes with other Rebel details.

Replacing the circular instrument display of the previous design is a new, five-inch full colour TFT screen which uses optical bonding to improve visibility in bright sunlight. By sealing the gap between the cover glass and TFT screen with resin, glare is reduced, and backlight transmittance improved. It’s customisable between Bar, Circle and Simple display patterns and offers the IOS/Android smartphone connectivity of Honda RoadSync.

This feature – alongside a simplified, easy-to-use, backlit 4-way toggle-switch on the left handlebar – allows straightforward, on-screen turn-by-turn navigation as well as the option (via a Bluetooth helmet headset) for the rider to make calls or listen to music using Honda RoadSync. All an owner has to do is download the Honda RoadSync app from either the Play Store or the App Store, connect to the CMX1100 Rebel, and go. Relocating from under the seat the USB-C port is now sited on the left side of the display for convenience and ease of connection.

As before, the Rebel rider can go solo or carry a passenger (the rear seat pad quickly and easily unbolts) and under the seat there’s a handy 3L storage compartment. The ignition key locates on the left side of the frame and opens the seat without having to be removed from the ignition. For long highway days, cruise control is fitted as standard.

The CMX1100T Rebel is designed for the rider that wants all the potential the standard bike offers, but also the ability to cover larger distances with even greater in-built comfort and useful carrying capacity. The fork-mounted half-fairing, available only on the CMX1100T Rebel, is both stylishly evocative and – with its bespoke stubby screen – offers good wind deflection. Hard rear panniers with hinged top lids blend in perfectly and offer a full 35 litres carrying capacity (right 16L, left 19L), an additional 11 litres compared to the nylon accessory saddle bags.

And joining the Rebel roster for 25YM is the street custom chic of the CMX1100SE Rebel. It’s the first factory Honda (apart from the legendary RC213V-S) to wear bar-end mirrors; these are a stylish, aluminium-cut, anti-glare design. Other factory-fit accessories include colour matched nose cowl, specially designed fork leg gaiters and short, sporty front mudguard. A diamond-stitch seat adds style and extra comfort while an anodised radiator cover marks out the SE difference.

3.2 Engine

  • Higher compression ratio delivers boost to power and torque response with enhanced ‘pulse’ feel
  • Rebel-specific valve timing and heavy mass flywheel
  • Exhaust tuned for engaging character 

The CMX1100 Rebel’s 1,084cc SOHC 8-valve parallel twin-cylinder engine is derived from that of the CRF1100 Africa Twin which, for 24YM received a major (and very noticeable) boost in low- and mid-range torque with no loss of peak power.

And, for 25YM, the CMX1100 Rebel gets the same upgrade giving a sporting edge to its cruising abilities. Bore remains 92mm with 81.5mm stroke; compression ratio is 10.5:1 (from 10.1:1) and the engine now produces 65kW @ 7,250rpm. But for a bike like this it’s all about torque and while peak output stays the same – 98Nm @ 4,750rpm – response is much stronger, from the bottom of the rev range up, 32% more than the Africa Twin engine.

Honda engineers have further tailored the powerful, characterful engine to the CMX1100 Rebel through the use of a model-specific camshaft and flywheel, which help emphasise the natural pulses of the engine. 

A 270° phased crankshaft and uneven firing interval ensure character. But unique to the big Rebel a heavy mass flywheel and dedicated valve timing/lift generate an even stronger ‘pulse’ feel, alongside the exhaust design. And, in keeping with the Rebel’s dual personality, the engine pulse changes from one that responds harmoniously at low revs to all throttle inputs, to a more boisterous, sensation-heightening ‘throb’ as rpm rises.   

Engine management is via Throttle By Wire (TBW) and PGM-FI, with revised settings to match the new engine, plus new inlet trumpets feeding the throttle bodies from a 7L airbox. Adding to riding satisfaction is the exhaust note, which has been tuned to deliver a deep, low-frequency sound pulse through the 5.3L oval-section muffler below 4,000rpm married to a powerful, high-frequency note as rpm climbs.

Compact dimensions (thanks to the Unicam drive train and semi-dry sump crankcase) centralise mass neatly, make for a low centre of gravity with maximum ground clearance when coupled with the Rebel’s low-slung frame design.

The crankcases split horizontally, and the water pump is housed within the clutch casing with a thermostat integrated into the cylinder head; both six-speed manual and DCT versions of the engine share common crankcases with only minor external differences. Secondary vibrations are neutralised by the mutually reciprocating motion of the pistons, while primary inertial and coupling vibrations are cancelled by use of biaxial balance shafts. The water and oil pumps are driven by the balancer shafts. 

A crank pulsar – with relator teeth spaced at 10° intervals – manages misfire detection and an OBD2-2 sensor has been sited downstream of the catalyser for emissions compliance. In addition Linear Air Flow (LAF) sensors in the downpipes give accurate measurement of the air/fuel mixture ratio.

3.3 Engine Electronics 

  • Throttle By Wire (TBW) control
  • Three default riding modes to choose from optimised to new engine character, plus two USER defined modes
  • 3-level Honda Selectable Torque Control refined for 25YM  

TBW manages engine performance and character, plus the level of Honda Selectable Torque Control (HSTC) with integrated Wheelie Control. There are three pre-set modes for the rider to choose covering a wide variety of riding conditions; all rider aids have been revised for the new engine output and character. Mode selection is managed from the left-hand switchgear; an indicator in the instrument display activates when HSTC is working.

STANDARD offers a middle setting for engine power delivery (P) engine braking (EB) and HSTC, delivering a relaxed ride at low rpm and speeds, while unleashing much more of the Rebel’s potential as the revs rise.

RAIN transmits low P delivery and EB, matched to high HSTC, for relaxed riding and extra reassurance on wet or slippery surfaces.

SPORT gives aggressive P and standard EB, with low HSTC intervention to allow maximum performance.

Two USER modes offer the ability to customise between the settings for the preferred combination. Once set, the USER settings are automatically stored so there’s no need to re-set each time the ignition is turned on.

3.4 Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT)

  • Newly refined for smooth starting, stopping and low-speed U-turns
  • Three default D mode (automatic) shifting schedules mirror the riding modes
  • USER mode offers customisation 

Honda has sold over 240,000 DCT-equipped motorcycles across Europe since the system first appeared as an option on the VFR1200F in 2010. For the CMX1100 Rebel, since its introduction 57% of owners have chosen the DCT option.

As part of the 25YM update two DCT upgrades were the target for Honda’s development engineers. First, smoother starting from standstill and control at low speed – under 10km/h – for U-turns etc. This requires a ‘quick yet gentle’ driving force at small throttle openings. 

Surpassing the operating parameters of the previous generation DCT the new technology applied now estimates the oil pressure of the clutch piston chamber and completely reviews the way feedback gain is applied – rather than just relying on an oil pressure sensor upstream of the clutch piston – resulting in improved, more delicate clutch response. Alongside the way TBW now opens from closed DCT also features a dedicated setting for extremely low speed running.

DCT delivers consistent, seamless gear changes and very quickly becomes second nature in use. It uses two clutches: one for start-up and 1st, 3rd and 5th, the other for 2nd, 4th and 6th, with the mainshaft for each clutch located inside the other for compact packaging.

Each clutch is independently controlled by its own electro-hydraulic circuit. When a gear change occurs, the system pre-selects the target gear using the clutch not currently in use. The first clutch is then electronically disengaged as, simultaneously, the second clutch engages.

The result is a consistent, fast and seamless gear change. Furthermore, as the twin clutches transfer drive from one gear to the next with minimal interruption of the drive to the rear wheel, any gear change shock and pitching of the machine is minimised, making the change feel direct as well as smooth. Extra benefits include durability (as the gears cannot be damaged by missing a gear) impossibility of stalling, low stress urban riding, reduced rider fatigue and extra ‘brain space’ to concentrate on pure riding aspects such as riding line, cornering, braking and acceleration points. 

The DCT system offers two distinct riding approaches; the Automatic settings, with pre-programmed shift patterns which constantly read vehicle speed, gear selected and engine rpm to decide when a shift should occur, and the Manual Transmission setting for gear changes using the paddle-shift style triggers on the left handlebar.

Through TBW control, the DCT shift patterns are linked with the three riding modes.  

  • In STANDARD riding mode, the DCT shift pattern offers a balance between high-gear, low-speed cruising and low-gear, full-throttle excitement.
  • RAIN selects higher gears more quickly for a super-smooth ride.
  • SPORT delivers higher-rpm and lower gears, holds onto revs for longer before upshifts, and downshifting at higher rpms for more engine braking effect.

The USER option also allows the rider to adopt any of the three DCT shift patterns in any riding mode according to preference.

3.5 Chassis

  • Signature tubular steel frame underpins Rebel styling
  • 25YM riding position now roomier and more relaxed for taller riders; handlebars up and back, footpegs forward and 10mm thicker seat
  • Steering geometry provides stability with easy handling characteristics
  • 43mm cartridge-style front forks and piggyback rear shocks, both spring preload adjustable
  • Radial mount four-piston front brake caliper and 330mm floating disc
  • 130/70B18, 180/65B16 front and rear tyres 

A styling statement in itself, the CMX1100 Rebel’s tubular steel frame is based around the raw and simple design of its sibling and features the same defined ‘theme’ line running diagonally front to back, with the fuel tank playing its part sat above the 35mm diameter main tubes which, naturally, are larger than the CMX500 Rebel’s. The 50.8mm diameter swingarm, too has an ‘engineered’ look to match.

Drawn from owner feedback some 25YM revisions have been made to the riding position; the handlebars move 28mm rearward toward the rider, and up 12mm with the footpegs also moving 50mm forward. In conjunction the seat – constructed with a new high-grade urethane foam – is 10mm thicker and slightly wider without impacting ground reach (seat height is a very manageable 710mm, up from 700mm). All these changes combine to make the riding position roomier and more relaxed.

Wheelbase is 1,520mm; the forks have a 30° angle for cruiser style, 2° offset from the 28° ‘rake’ line itself; trail is 110mm. This combination delivers the right look, but also straight-line stability and accurate, easy handling. Kerb weight is set at 226kg with manual transmission, and 236kg for the DCT-equipped option. The CMX1100T Rebel weighs in at 240kg as a manual and 250kg in DCT form, and the CMX1100SE Rebel 237kg.

The overall geometry allows generous lean angles of 34.4° each side (as measured by Honda test engineers), meaning the CMX1100 Rebel can enjoy a twisty ‘canyon’ ride and clip apexes with the best of them.

Cartridge-style front forks feature blacked-out two-piece lowers (manufactured from both extruded and die-cast aluminium) mated to 43mm stanchions finished in a dark navy titanium oxide coating. Twin rear shocks feature a 12.5mm rod and pressurised ‘piggyback’ reservoir. Both front and rear suspension are adjustable for spring preload.

Braking power is served up by a front radial-mount monoblock four-piston caliper biting a 330mm floating disc and at the rear, a single piston caliper grabs a 256mm disc, both managed by ABS. Cast aluminium wheels feature five sporty Y-shaped spokes and wear fat sidewalled tyres; a 180/65B16 rear and 130/70B18 front, for a purposeful stance in profile or in three quarter. 

4. Accessories 

As a motorcycle born to be accessorised, customized and tailored to personal tastes, there is a wide range of Genuine Honda Accessories ready to bolt straight on to the CMX1100 Rebel. For 25YM the rider and pillion Comfort Seats have been redesigned, with the passenger enjoying a flatter, 30mm deeper profile and the Back Rest is also taller and available with brown pad.

Furthermore, three curated packs are ready to go from Honda dealers:

The Style Pack (note: two versions available for CMX1100 or CMX1100T, not compatible with special version) is designed to highlight the custom appearance of the Rebel, by adding:

  • Short Front Fender
  • Headlight Cowl (extended Windshield for CMX1100T variant)
  • Wheel Stripes
  • Side Tank Pads
  • Tank Pad Center

(Following items only included in Style Pack for CMX1100 variant)

  • Bar End Mirrors
  • Radiator Side Covers
  • Front Fork Boot

The Comfort Pack (available in Black or Brown colours) is a versatile collection of parts designed to enhance both rider and pillion’s comfort and convenience:

  • Rear Carrier
  • Passenger Backrest
  • Heated Grips

The Travel Pack (available in Black or Brown colours) is a collection of accessories which turn the Rebel into a long-distance tourer and travel companion:

  • Comfort Rider Seat
  • Comfort Pillion Seat
  • Right Saddle Bag & Support
  • Left Saddle Bag & Support

The following accessories are also available:

  • Solo Carrier
  • Screen Cowl
  • Rider Seat (diamond padding brown / black)
  • Brown Passenger Seat

5 Technical Specifications

 

CMX1100

CMX1100 DCT

CMX1100T

CMX1100T DCT

CMX1100SE DCT

ENGINE

Type

Liquid-cooled 4-Stroke 8-Valve Parallel Twin with 270° crank and uni cam

Capacity

1,084 cc

Bore x Stroke (mm)

92 mm x 81.5 mm

Compression Ratio

10.5:1

Max. Power Output

65 kW at 7,250 rpm

Max. Torque

98 Nm at 4,750 rpm

Max Speed

160 km/h

Starter

E-Starter

FUEL SYSTEM

Carburation

PGM-FI Fuel Injection

Fuel Tank Capacity

13.6 L

CO2 Emissions WMTC

114 g/km

123 g/km

114 g/km

123 g/km

123 g/km

Fuel Consumption

4.9 L/100km

5.3 L/100km

4.9 L/100km

5.3 L/100km

5.3 L/100km

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Battery Type

AGM

Battery Capacity

12 V 11.2 Ah

DRIVETRAIN

Clutch Type

Wet Multiplate Clutch

2x Wet Multiplate Clutch

Wet Multiplate Clutch

2x Wet Multiplate Clutch

2x Wet Multiplate Clutch

Transmission Type

6-speed Manual

6-speed Dual Clutch

6-speed Manual

6-speed Dual Clutch

6-speed Dual Clutch

Drive

Chain

FRAME

Type

Steel diamond

CHASSIS

Dimensions (L'W'H) – mm

2,240 x 850 x 1,125

2,240 x 835 x 1,125

2,240 x 850  x 1,180

2,240 x 845 x 1,180

2,240 x 880 x 1,125

Wheelbase

1520 mm

Caster Angle

28°

Fork Angle

30°

Trail

110 mm

Seat Height

710 mm

Ground Clearance

120 mm

Kerb Weight

226 kg

236 kg

240 kg

250 kg

237 kg

Turning radius

2.9 m

SUSPENSION

Front

Preload adjustable 43mm cartridge style

Rear

Preload adjustable twin piggyback rear shock

WHEELS

Wheels Front

18M/C X MT3.50 Multi-spoke cast aluminium

Wheels Rear

16M/C X MT5.00 Multi-spoke cast aluminium

Tyres Front

130/70B18 M/C 63H

Tyres Rear

180/65B16 M/C 81H

BRAKES

ABS Type

Dual-channel ABS

Front

Radial mounted monoblock four-piston brake caliper, 330mm floating single disc

Rear

Single piston caliper, 256mm single disc

INSTRUMENTS & ELECTRICS

Instruments

Five-inch TFT Screen

Headlight

LED

Taillight

LED

Connectivity

Roadsync

USB

USB-C

Security System

HISS

Cruise Control

Yes

Riding mode

Standard, Sport, Rain, User 1 and User 2

HSTC

3 Level + OFF

All specifications are provisional and subject to change without notice.

Please note that the figures provided are results obtained by Honda under standardised testing conditions prescribed by WMTC. Tests are conducted on a rolling road using a standard version of the vehicle with only one rider and no additional optional equipment. Actual fuel consumption may vary depending on how you ride, how you maintain your vehicle, weather, road conditions, tire pressure, installation of accessories, cargo, rider and passenger weight, and other factors.

Honda’s new flagship naked CB1000 Hornet arrives together with SP version to turn the excitement dial up to the max

  • CBR1000RR Fireblade engine provides the exhilarating power
  • New frame with high torsional rigidity, short gear ratios and Showa suspension deliver classic Hornet handling 
  • Pure and aggressive streetfighter styling is built around the Hornet trademark narrow waist and broad-shouldered front end with high-output dual LED headlights
  • SP variant adds high-performance Öhlins suspension and Brembo brakes to take the dynamism to the next level 

The 24YM CB750 brought the evocative Hornet name back to Europe, and generated instant popularity: its combination of taut streetfighter silhouette, exhilarating power and razor-sharp agility made it Europe’s best-selling naked bike in 2023.

For 25YM, the Hornet family grows again with the introduction of not one, but two exciting new flagships. Following the addition of the CB500 Hornet as a 24 year model, the new CB1000 Hornet arrives – together with an SP version – to headline the family and turn the excitement dial up to the max.

Honda’s new naked flagship delivers a potent cocktail of intense acceleration and ultra-sharp handling to deliver maximum riding fun from busy city street to twisting mountain road. The performance is delivered through the formidable CBR1000RR Fireblade-based engine (producing peak power of 112kW at 11,000rpm and 104Nm at 9,000rpm) with short gear ratios, which works in combination with a new twin spar frame with a high degree of torsional rigidity, Showa’s ‘big piston’ SFF-BP upside down forks and Nissin brake calipers.

The bike’s styling is pure and aggressive. It’s led by the piercing gaze of super-compact dual LED projector headlights and the Hornet-signature fuel tank; the look is broad-shouldered up front and tapers radically to the rear, via the minimal seat unit that underlines the traditional narrow-waisted Hornet look. The subtly blacked out frame and trellis-style rear sub-frame underpin the design lines.

The minimalistic look hides premium technology in the form of multiple riding modes with different combinations of Power, Engine Braking and Honda Selectable Torque Control, an optically bonded five-inch full colour TFT screen, Honda RoadSync connectivity, and Honda’s Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) as standard.

For riders looking to amplify their riding experience even further, the CB1000 Hornet is available with an SP variant. Power is boosted to 115.6kW and torque to 107Nm, and high-end chassis and drivetrain components such as an adjustable Öhlins TTX36 rear shock, standard fit quickshifter, and Brembo Stylema brakes elevate the CB1000 Hornet SP to the next level. 

The 25YM CB1000 Hornet will be available in the following colour options:

  • Grand Prix Red
  • Mat Iridium Gray Metallic
  • Pearl Glare White

The SP variant of the CB1000 Hornet is available exclusively in a special Mat Ballistic Black Metallic finish, which is complemented by gold-finished forks and unique ‘desert gold’ metallic wheels. 

25YM Honda CB1000 Hornet SP

New Model: An SP version of Honda’s new flagship naked CB1000 Hornet arrives alongside its stablemate. It loads with the same four-cylinder CBR1000RR Fireblade engine – but with more peak power and torque – plus fully adjustable 41mm Showa SFF-BP USD forks, Öhlins TTX36 rear shock operating through Pro-Link, four-piston radial-mount Brembo Stylema front brake calipers and standard-fit quickshifter. A single, stunning paint option shows off the CB1000 Hornet SP’s difference. Throttle By Wire control delivers three riding modes with pre-set combinations of settings for Power, Engine Braking and HSTC with integrated Wheelie Control, plus two customisable options. With gear ratios designed for optimal acceleration, the six-speed gearbox features an assist/slipper clutch. Twin LED projector headlights define the pure aggression of a streetfighter’s style. For easy on-screen navigation – and more – the five-inch colour TFT instrument display connects the rider to their smartphone via Honda RoadSync.

 

Contents:

  1. Introduction
  2. Model overview
  3. Key features
  4. Accessories
  5. Technical specifications

1. Introduction 

The 23YM CB750 bought the evocative Hornet name back to Europe. And its combination of taut streetfighter silhouette, exhilarating power and razor-sharp agility has justifiably earnt much praise and impressive sales, making it the best-selling naked bike in Europe in 2023.

With a reputation originating in the late 1990s – first with the CB600F Hornet, with its four-cylinder CBR engine, followed by the CB900F Hornet in the early 2000s – the Hornet name brings with it a clear identity: to be a Hornet, a motorcycle has to be fast, fun and affordable.

That trend continued with the arrival of the sparky, A2-friendly CB500 Hornet for 24YM. Now, for 25YM, come the headline acts of the modern Hornet family: the new CB1000 Hornet* and CB1000 Hornet SP. 

Packing real punch, the CB1000 Hornet SP builds premium equipment – and a beautiful colour combination – into the standard big Hornet’s impressive formula. It turns the excitement dial up to 11, in every way possible. And then goes one more click…

*See separate CB1000 Hornet press kit.

– 

2. Model Overview  

Powered by the 17YM CBR1000RR Fireblade’s formidable engine, with extra power and torque compared to the CB1000 Hornet – 115.6kW/107Nm (as opposed to 111.6kW/105Nm) – and building in Öhlins and Brembo parts the CB1000 Hornet SP blends an even more potent cocktail of strong four-cylinder performance and ultra-sharp handling, with a keen sporting focus. 

Throttle By Wire (TBW) delivers 3 default riding modes with preset combinations of Power, Engine Brake, Wheelie Control and HSTC settings, plus 2 USER options allowing the rider to choose their own preferred settings. A quickshifter is standard fitment. The optically bonded five-inch TFT screen offers intuitive control, clarity in bright light and easy smartphone connectivity through the simple switchgear on the left handlebar.

Stripped back style drips with pure aggression, led by the concentrated stare of twin LED headlights. The new twin-tube frame is also used as a design feature, and subtly blacked out. 41mm Showa SFF-BP USD front forks are matched to a fully adjustable Öhlins TTX36 rear shock for high-quality suspension control. Four-piston radial-mount Brembo Stylema calipers work 310mm floating discs and CBR1000RR-R inspired cast aluminium wheels mount 120/70-ZR17 and 180/55-ZR17 front and rear tyres.

The CB1000 Hornet SP’s huge performance potential, premium features, compact dimensions and refreshing new style make it a hard bike to ignore, especially for those riders with a mid-capacity naked bike looking for something that extra bit special.

The 24YM CB1000 Hornet SP will be available in one, unique colour option:

  • Mat Ballistic Black Metallic with Desert Gold Metallic wheels and Gold front forks 

3. Key Features

     3.1 Engine 

  • CBR1000RR derived four-cylinder engine with Throttle By Wire and power/torque boost compared to standard via RC exhaust valve
  • Smooth mid-range delivery and harder-hitting top-end response 
  • Revised gear ratios for acceleration, assist/slipper clutch control
  • Adjustable quickshifter standard fit 

At its core this is a Fireblade powerplant. Drawn from the 17YM CBR1000RR, the 1000cc, DOHC four-cylinder engine provides an exhilarating dose of power and torque, with maximum figures of 115.6kW @ 11,000rpm and 107Nm @ 9,000rpm. The 4kW and 2Nm boost over the standard CB1000 Hornet is down to a Revolutionary Controlled (RC) valve in the 7.1L exhaust muffler; it’s fully closed in all gears then, at 5,700rpm it fully opens allowing the engine to ‘breathe’ harder.

The rest of the engine specification is identical to the CB1000 Hornet. It’s tuned to deliver torque with a heavyweight punch in the low to mid-range,  with performance and throttle response that works smoothly around town. And, out on the open road, the top-end is thrilling, with an exhilarating rush of power delivery at higher rpm – all the way to the redline. 

A variety of detail work has gone on in the engine to create the change in character and delivery. Inlet and exhaust valve lift and timing have been developed alongside the camshafts to ‘pump’ more efficiently across the rev-range. The inlet valve material is steel, and the lightweight die cast piston shape has been optimised for strength and durability. The engine covers shrink-wrap the muscular powerplant; the ACG cover is aluminium as is the oil pan.

The transmission has also been matched to the Fireblade heart. Gears two through five have been optimised for acceleration to match the engine’s all-round drive while sixth offers relaxed highway cruising. An assist/slipper clutch helps manage rear wheel hop under hard, rapid downshifts and braking. The standard-fit 3-level adjustable quickshifter provides full throttle, clutch less upshifts and clutch less downshifting with auto-blip function.

Bore and stroke are set at 76mm x 55.1 mm with compression ratio of 11.7:1. A 44mm diameter throttle body feeds air/fuel mixture into large diameter inlet ports and carefully shaped combustion chambers. The exhaust adds to the CB1000 Hornet’s mid-range muscle and light weight. It’s a 4-2-1 design, which features OBD2 sensors and a 7.1L muffler volume. 

The engine returns fuel efficiency of 16.9km/L; the fuel tank holds 17L.

3.2 Engine Electronics

  • Three default rider modes plus two USER custom options
  • Three levels of Power and Engine Brake 
  • Four levels Honda Selectable Torque Control and Wheelie Control 

Throttle By Wire (TBW) allows the rider maximum control over the CB1000 Hornet’s powerful engine via three default riding modes with preset combinations of Power, Engine Brake and HSTC (with integrated Wheelie Control) settings, plus two USER options that allow the rider to choose their own preferred mix of settings. Selection is managed via the left handlebar and TFT screen.

There are three levels of Engine Power (P) and Engine Brake (EB), and four levels of Honda Selectable Torque Control (HSTC) available; HSTC can also be switched off. 

  • RAIN mode employs the lowest Power setting for the least aggressive power delivery, medium amount of EB and high HSTC. The lower levels of power and torque delivery are focused on the first 3 gears.
  • STANDARD mode uses the middle setting for Power, HSTC and EB. It softens the power delivery a little out of first and second gear and uses a power delivery just below that of SPORT mode, with reduced torque at partial throttle openings.
  • SPORT uses the highest Power delivery and lowest levels of EB and HSTC to deliver 100% performance through all six gears, maximum torque and power at all throttle positions and minor intervention from HSTC. 
  • USER modes 1 and 2 allow the rider to choose between the settings for each parameter and save the setting for future use.

3.3  Chassis 

  • New steel twin-spar frame moves weight forward, with high torsional rigidity to improve handling agility
  • Fully adjustable 41mm Showa SFF-BP USD forks 
  • Öhlins rear shock operating through Pro-Link
  • Four-piston, radial-mount Brembo Stylema brake calipers and floating discs
  • 120/70-ZR17 and 180/55-ZR17 front and rear tyres

The frame is a new, one-piece steel twin-spar unit that has been designed to complement the engine and – through narrow pivot point width – deliver the classic slim-waisted Hornet feel as well as a 70% increase in torsional rigidity compared to the 24YM CB1000R, for sharper turn in and side-to-side handling agility. Rear rubber engine mounting matched to carefully shaped front mounting plates minimise vibration and increase feel.

Rake and trail are set at 25° and 98mm, with wheelbase of 1,455mm. For reduced yaw inertia and therefore agile and light handling, the centre of gravity is set forward toward the front wheel. A new design, the engine is forward set. The rear shock and battery are located ‘forward’ to further aid agility, with the airbox sat above the cylinder head rather than behind it. Weight distribution is a forward-focussed 50.9%/49.1%. Kerb weight is set at 212kg.

The riding position is pure streetfighter. Seat height is 809mm, and the handlebar position is set up and back, paired to a sporty footpeg position and a rider triangle with relatively upright upper body position. 

Showa 41mm Separate Function Fork Big Piston (SFF-BP) USD forks are adjustable for spring preload and rebound/compression damping. The Öhlins TTX36 rear shock operates through Pro-Link and adjusts for preload via hydraulic knob; compression and rebound damping are fully adjustable. A cast aluminium swingarm – 619.1mm long – provides tuned rigidity balance for optimum grip and feel.

A radial master cylinder operates dual, radial-mount Brembo Stylema four-piston calipers which grip 310mm floating discs. The rear 240mm disc employs a Nissin single-piston caliper.

5Y-spoke design wheels are drawn from the concept of the CBR1000RR-R Fireblade and are cast in lightweight aluminium. Tyres are sized 120/70-ZR17 front and 180/55-ZR17 rear.

– 

3.4 Styling & Equipment

  • Twin LED projectors lead stripped-back style and Hornet signature fuel tank
  • Five-inch TFT screen with full smartphone connectivity
  • Honda’s Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) integrated

Designed in Japan the CB1000 Hornet SP’s transformative looks are driven by two words: AGGRESSIVE and PURE. Blending a sensual dynamism with balance of mass for the design team behind it the big Hornet’s stripped back style is very much an ‘expression of non-decorative aggression’.

Led by the piercing gaze of super-compact dual LED projector headlights (all lighting is LED) the Hornet-signature fuel tank – giving the impression of wings folded forward – is broad shouldered up front but tapers radically to the rear, mirrored by the minimal seat unit that underlines the traditional narrow-waisted Hornet look. The subtly blacked out frame is also used as a design feature, underpinning the lines – as does the trellis-style rear subframe. The engine and swingarm are also finished in black. Handlebars are a new tapered steel design. 

Premium technology, in the form of a five-inch full colour TFT screen, uses optical bonding to improve visibility in bright sunlight. By sealing the gap between the cover glass and TFT screen with resin, glare is reduced, and backlight transmittance improved. It’s customisable between Bar, Circle and Simple display patterns and offers the IOS/Android smartphone connectivity of Honda RoadSync.

This feature – alongside a simple, easy-to-use, backlit 4-way toggle-switch on the left handlebar – allows straightforward, on-screen turn-by-turn navigation as well as the option (via a Bluetooth helmet headset) for the rider to make calls or listen to music. All an owner has to do is download the Honda RoadSync app from either the Play Store or the App Store, connect to the CB1000 Hornet, and go.

The rear indicators also incorporate an Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) function: Under hard braking, the hazard lights flash to warn other road users a hard stop is in process.

4. Accessories

 A range of Genuine Honda Accessories are available for the CB1000 Hornet SP and are ready to bolt straight on as ready-to-go Packs:

Style Pack 

Designed to add even more style to the Hornet package. The Alcantara Rider’s Seat adds premium feel alongside an Oil Filler Cap, Handlebar Holder, Radiator Grill and Rider Footpegs. Wheel Stripes are the finishing touch.

Sport Pack 

Pumps up visual dynamism with an instrument Flyscreen, Under Cowl and Seat Cowl. A Tank Pad adds practical protection.

Comfort Pack 

Increased cold weather rideability from Heated Grips plus the flexible, easy to attach carrying capacity of a Tank Bag and Rear Seat Bag. 

All items are available individually.

– 

5. Technical specifications

ENGINE

Type

Liquid-cooled, 4-stroke DOHC inline four

Displacement

1000cc

Bore and stroke

76mm x 55.1mm

Compression Ratio

11.7:1

Max. Power Output

115.6kW @ 11,000rpm

Max. Torque

107Nm @ 9,000rpm

Noise Level

L urban 74.1dB L wot 78.9dB

Oil Capacity

Upper 3.5L/ Lower 3.0L

FUEL SYSTEM

Carburation

PGM FI electronic fuel injection

Fuel Tank Capacity

17L (inc reserve)

CO2 Emissions (WMTC)

136g/km

Fuel Consumption (WMTC)

5.9L/100km / 16.9km/L

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Battery Type

AGM

Battery Capacity

12V 6.3AH

DRIVETRAIN

Clutch Type

Wet multiplate, Assisted slipper clutch

Transmission Type

Six-speed Manual

Final Drive

Chain

FRAME

Type

Twin Spar

CHASSIS

Dimensions (L'W'H)

2,140mm x 790mm x 1,085mm

Wheelbase

1,455mm

Caster Angle

25°

Trail

98mm

Seat Height

809mm

Ground Clearance

135mm

Kerb Weight

212kg

Turning radius

2.8m

SUSPENSION

Type Front

Showa 41mm SFF-BP USD forks 118mm travel

Type Rear

Ohlins Monoshock damper, Prolink swingarm, 139mm travel

WHEELS

Type Front

Multi-spoke cast aluminium

Type Rear

Multi-spoke cast aluminium

Rim Size Front

17M/C X MT3.50

Rim Size Rear

17M/C X MT5.50

BRAKES

ABS System Type

Dual-channel

Type Front

Dual 310mm floating disc with Brembo Stylema radial mounted four piston calipers 

Type Rear

Single 240mm disc with single piston caliper

INSTRUMENTS & ELECTRICS

Instruments

Five-inch TFT Meter with customisable layout, including speedometer, tachometer, clock, gear position, upshift indicator

Headlight

LED

Taillight

LED

Connectivity

Honda RoadSync

USB

Yes

Quickshifter

Yes

Security System

HISS (Honda Intelligent Security System)

Riding Mode

Standard, Rain, Sport, 2x User

HSTC

Yes

Wheelie Control

Yes

Additional Features

ESS

 

All specifications are provisional and subject to change without notice.

# Please note that the figures provided are results obtained by Honda under standardised testing conditions prescribed by WMTC. Tests are conducted on a rolling road using a standard version of the vehicle with only one rider and no additional optional equipment. Actual fuel consumption may vary depending on how you ride, how you maintain your vehicle, weather, road conditions, tire pressure, installation of accessories, cargo, rider and passenger weight, and other factors.

25YM Honda CB1000 Hornet

New Model: Honda unleashes its most potent Hornet yet, a motorcycle packing huge performance potential. The CB1000 Hornet loads with a four-cylinder CBR1000RR Fireblade engine, Throttle By Wire control, three riding modes with pre-set combinations of settings for Power, Engine Braking, HSTC and Wheelie Control, plus two customisable options. With gear ratios designed for optimal acceleration, the six-speed gearbox also features an assist/slipper clutch. 41mm Showa SFF-BP USD forks are matched by a Showa rear shock and Pro-Link; four-piston radial-mount front brake calipers work with 310mm floating discs. Twin LED projector headlights define the pure naked aggression of a streetfighter’s style. And for straightforward on-screen navigation – and more – the five-inch colour TFT instrument display connects the rider to their smartphone via Honda RoadSync.

 

Contents:

  1. Introduction
  2. Model overview
  3. Key features
  4. Accessories
  5. Technical specifications

 

1. Introduction

The 23YM CB750 Hornet bought the evocative Hornet name back to Europe. And its combination of taut streetfighter silhouette, exhilarating power and razor-sharp agility has justifiably earnt much admiration and impressive sales, making it the best-selling naked bike in Europe in 2023.  

With a reputation originating in the late 1990s – first with the CB600F Hornet, with its four-cylinder CBR engine, followed by the CB900F Hornet in the early 2000s – the Hornet name brings with it a clear identity: to be a Hornet, a motorcycle has to be fast, fun and affordable.

That trend continued with the arrival of the sparky, A2-friendly CB500 Hornet for 24YM. Now, for 25YM, come the headline acts of the modern Hornet family: the new CB1000 Hornet and CB1000 Hornet SP*.

Packing real punch, the CB1000 Hornet represents remarkable ‘bang per buck’ and turns the excitement dial up to 11, in every way possible. 

 *See separate CB1000 Hornet SP press kit.

– 

2. Model Overview  

Powered by the 17YM CBR1000RR Fireblade’s formidable engine – with 111.6kW power and 104Nm torque – and built as a potent cocktail of strong four-cylinder performance and ultra-sharp handling, the CB1000 Hornet delivers maximum riding fun from city block to snaking back road.

Throttle By Wire (TBW) delivers 3 default riding modes with preset combinations of Power, Engine Brake, Wheelie Control and HSTC settings, plus 2 USER options allowing the rider to choose their own preferred settings. The optically bonded five-inch TFT screen offers intuitive usability, clarity even in bright light and easy Honda RoadSync smartphone connectivity through the simple switchgear on the left handlebar.

Stripped back style drips with pure aggression, led by the concentrated stare of twin LED headlights. The new twin-spar frame is also used as a design feature, and the subtly blacked out 41mm Showa SFF-BP USD front forks and Showa rear shock deliver adjustable, high-quality suspension control. Four-piston radial-mount front brake calipers work 310mm floating discs while CBR1000RR-R-inspired cast aluminium wheels mount 120/70-ZR17 and 180/55-ZR17 front and rear tyres.

The CB1000 Hornet’s huge performance potential, high-quality specification, compact dimensions and refreshing new style make it a hard bike to ignore, especially for those riders with a mid-capacity naked bike looking for their next step up the ladder.

The 25YM CB1000 Hornet will be available in the following colour options:

  • Grand Prix Red
  • Mat Iridium Gray Metallic
  • Pearl Glare White 

3. Key Features 

    3.1 Engine 

  • CBR1000RR-derived four-cylinder engine with Throttle By Wire 
  • Smooth mid-range delivery and hard-hitting top-end power 
  • Revised gear ratios for acceleration, assist/slipper clutch control

At its core, this is a Fireblade powerplant. Drawn from the 17YM CBR1000RR, the 1000cc, DOHC four-cylinder engine provides an exhilarating dose of power and torque, with maximum figures of 111.6kW @ 11,000rpm and 104Nm @ 9,000rpm. 

This engine is tuned to deliver torque with a heavyweight punch in the low to mid-range,  with performance and throttle response that works smoothly around town. And, out on the open road, the top-end is thrilling, with an exhilarating rush of power delivery at higher rpm – all the way to the redline.

A variety of detail work has gone on in the engine to create the change in character and delivery. Inlet and exhaust valve lift and timing have been developed alongside the camshafts to ‘pump’ more efficiently across the rev-range. The inlet valve material is steel, and the lightweight die cast piston shape has been optimised for strength and durability. The engine covers shrink-wrap the muscular powerplant; the ACG cover is aluminium as is the oil pan.

The transmission has also been matched to the Fireblade heart. Gears two through five have been optimised for acceleration to match the engine’s all-round drive while sixth offers relaxed highway cruising. An assist/slipper clutch helps manage rear wheel hop under hard, rapid downshifts and braking.

Bore and stroke are set at 76mm x 55.1 mm with compression ratio of 11.7:1. A 44mm diameter throttle body feeds air/fuel mixture into large diameter inlet ports and carefully shaped combustion chambers. The exhaust adds to the CB1000 Hornet’s mid-range muscle and light weight. It’s a 4-2-1 design, which features OBD2 sensors and a 7.1L muffler volume. 

The engine returns fuel efficiency of 16.9km/L and the fuel tank holds 17 L.

3.2 Engine Electronics

  • Three default rider modes plus two USER custom options
  • Three levels of Power and Engine Brake 
  • Four levels of Honda Selectable Torque Control and Wheelie Control 

Throttle By Wire (TBW) allows the rider maximum control over the CB1000 Hornet’s powerful engine via 3 default riding modes with preset combinations of Power, Engine Brake and HSTC (with integrated Wheelie Control) settings, plus two user defined options that allow the rider to choose their own preferred mix of settings. Selection is managed via the left handlebar and TFT screen.

There are three levels of Engine Power (P) and Engine Brake (EB), and 4 levels of Honda Selectable Torque Control (HSTC) available; HSTC can also be switched off. 

  • RAIN mode employs the lowest Power setting for the least aggressive power delivery, medium amount of EB and high HSTC. The lower levels of power and torque delivery are focused on the first 3 gears.
  • STANDARD mode uses the middle setting for Power, HSTC and EB. It softens the power delivery a little out of first and second gear and uses a power delivery just below that of SPORT mode, with reduced torque at partial throttle openings.
  • SPORT uses the highest Power delivery and lowest levels of EB and HSTC to deliver 100% performance through all six gears, maximum torque and power at all throttle positions and minor intervention from HSTC.
  • USER modes 1 and 2 allow the rider to choose between the settings for each parameter and save the setting for future use.

3.3 Chassis

  • New steel twin-spar frame holds the weight forward, with high torsional rigidity to improve handling agility
  • Fully adjustable 41mm Showa SFF-BP USD forks, Showa Pro-Link rear shock 
  • Four-piston, radial-mount front brake calipers and floating discs
  • 120/70-ZR17 and 180/55-ZR17 front and rear tyres 

The frame is a new, one-piece steel twin-spar unit that has been designed to complement the engine and – through narrow pivot point width – deliver the classic slim-waisted Hornet feel as well as a 70% increase in torsional rigidity compared to the 24YM CB1000R, for sharper turn in and side-to-side handling agility. Rear rubber engine mounting matched to carefully shaped front mounting plates minimise vibration and increase feel.

Rake and trail are set at 25° and 98mm, with wheelbase of 1,455mm. For reduced yaw inertia and therefore agile and light handling, the centre of gravity is set forward toward the front wheel. A new design, the engine is forward set. The rear shock and battery are located ‘forward’ to further aid agility, with the airbox sat above the cylinder head rather than behind it. Weight distribution is a forward-focussed 51.2%/48.8%. Kerb weight is set at 211kg.

The riding position is pure streetfighter. Seat height is 809mm, and the handlebar position is set up and back, paired to a sporty footpeg position and a rider triangle with relatively upright upper body position. 

Showa 41mm Separate Function Fork Big Piston (SFF-BP) USD forks are adjustable for spring preload and rebound/compression damping. The single tube separate-pressurisation Showa rear shock operates through Pro-Link and adjusts for preload via cam; rebound damping is adjustable. A cast aluminium swingarm – 619.1mm long – provides tuned rigidity balance for optimum grip and feel.

A radial master cylinder operates the dual, radial-mount Nissin four-piston calipers which grip 310mm floating discs. The rear 240mm disc employs a Nissin single-piston caliper.

5Y-spoke design wheels are drawn from the concept of the CBR1000RR-R Fireblade and are cast in lightweight aluminium. Tyres are sized 120/70-ZR17 front and 180/55-ZR17 rear.

3.4 Styling & Equipment 

  • Twin LED projectors lead stripped-back style and Hornet signature fuel tank
  • Five-inch TFT screen with full Honda RoadSync smartphone connectivity
  • Honda’s Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) integrated 

Designed in Japan, the CB1000 Hornet’s transformative looks are driven by two words: AGGRESSIVE and PURE. Blending a sensual dynamism with balance of mass, for the design team behind it the big Hornet’s stripped back style is very much an ‘expression of non-decorative aggression’.

Led by the piercing gaze of super-compact dual LED projector headlights (all lighting is LED) the Hornet-signature fuel tank – giving the impression of wings folded forward – is broad shouldered up front but tapers radically to the rear, mirrored by the minimal seat unit that underlines the traditional narrow-waisted Hornet look. The subtly blacked out frame is also used as a design feature, underpinning the lines – as does the trellis-style rear subframe. The engine, wheels and swingarm are also finished in black. Handlebars are a new tapered steel design. 

Premium technology, in the form of a five-inch full colour TFT screen, uses optical bonding to improve visibility in bright sunlight. By sealing the gap between the cover glass and TFT screen with resin, glare is reduced, and backlight transmittance improved. It’s customisable between Bar, Circle and Simple display patterns and offers the IOS/Android smartphone connectivity of Honda RoadSync.

This feature – alongside a simple, easy-to-use, backlit four-way toggle-switch on the left handlebar – allows straightforward, on-screen turn-by-turn navigation as well as the option (via a Bluetooth helmet headset) for the rider to make calls or listen to music. All an owner has to do is download the Honda RoadSync app from either the Play Store or the App Store, connect to the CB1000 Hornet, and go.

The indicators also incorporate an Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) function: Under hard braking, the hazard lights flash to warn other road users a hard stop is in process.

4. Accessories 

A range of Genuine Honda Accessories are available for the CB1000 Hornet. These are available in combinable packs or individually:

Style Pack 

Designed to add even more style to the Hornet package. The Alcantara Rider’s Seat adds premium feel alongside an Oil Filler Cap, Handlebar Holder, Radiator Grill and Rider Footpegs. Wheel Stripes are the finishing touch.

Sport Pack 

Pumps up dynamism with Quickshifter, instrument Flyscreen, Under Cowl and Seat Cowl. A Tank Pad adds practical protection.

Comfort Pack 

Increased cold weather rideability from Heated Grips plus the flexible, easy to attach carrying capacity of a Tank Bag and Rear Seat Bag. 

All items are available individually.

5. Technical specifications

 

ENGINE

Type

Liquid-cooled, 4-stroke DOHC inline four

Displacement

1000cc

Bore and stroke

76mm x 55.1mm

Compression Ratio

11.7:1

Max. Power Output

111.6kW @ 11,000rpm

Max. Torque

104Nm @ 9,000rpm

Noise Level

Lurban 73.2dB Lwot 78.1dB

Oil Capacity

Upper 3.5L, Lower 3.0L

FUEL SYSTEM

Carburation

PGM FI electronic fuel injection

Fuel Tank Capacity

17.0L (inc reserve)

CO2 Emissions WMTC

136g/km

Fuel Consumption (WMTC)

5.9L/100km / 16.9km/L (WMTC mode)

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Battery Type

AGM

Battery Capacity

12V 6.3Ah

DRIVETRAIN

Clutch Type

Wet multiplate, Assisted slipper clutch

Transmission Type

6 speed

Final Drive

Chain

FRAME

Type

Twin-spar

CHASSIS

Dimensions (L'W'H)

2,140mm x 790mm x 1,085mm

Wheelbase

1,455mm

Caster Angle

25°

Trail

98mm

Seat Height

809mm

Ground Clearance

135mm

Kerb Weight

211kg

Turning radius

2.8m

SUSPENSION

Type Front

Showa 41mm SFF-BP USD forks,

Type Rear

Prolink mono with seven-stage preload adjuster, aluminium hollow swingarm

WHEELS

Type Front

Multi-spoke cast aluminium

Type Rear

Multi-spoke cast aluminium

Rim Size Front

17M/C X MT3.50

Rim Size Rear

17M/C X MT5.50

Tyres Front

120/70-ZR17M/C (Bridgestone Battlax Hypersport S22F/ Dunlop Sportmaxx Roadsport 2)

Tyres Rear

180/55-ZR17M/C (Bridgestone Battlax Hypersport S22F/ Dunlop Sportmaxx Roadsport 2)

BRAKES

ABS System Type

2 channel

Type Front

Dual 310mm disc with Nissin radial mounted four piston calipers 

Type Rear

Single 240mm disc with single piston caliper

INSTRUMENTS & ELECTRICS

Instruments

Five-inch TFT Meter with customisable layout, including speedometer, tachometer, clock, gear position, upshift indicator

Headlight

LED

Taillight

LED

Connectivity

Honda RoadSync

USB

Yes

Quickshifter

Optional

Security System

HISS (Honda Intelligent Security System)

Riding Mode

Standard, Rain, Sport and 2x User

Wheelie Control

Yes

HSTC

Yes

Additional Features

ESS

 

All specifications are provisional and subject to change without notice.

# Please note that the figures provided are results obtained by Honda under standardised testing conditions prescribed by WMTC. Tests are conducted on a rolling road using a standard version of the vehicle with only one rider and no additional optional equipment. Actual fuel consumption may vary depending on how you ride, how you maintain your vehicle, weather, road conditions, tire pressure, installation of accessories, cargo, rider and passenger weight, and other factors.

Honda’s premium Forza scooter family receives aesthetic changes, equipment upgrades and increased practicality for 25YM

  • 25YM revisions reinforce the Forza range’s status as the premium ‘GT’ scooter family
  • Range-topping Forza 750 restyling starts at the front with new headlight unit featuring revised Daytime Running Lights and integrated indicators
  • Forza 750 also offers enhanced practicality with greater weather protection, more leg room and improved ground reach
  • Also uses sustainable materials for several bodywork parts, including bio-mass DurabioTM
  • Revised DCT settings offer increased low-speed control
  • All three Forza’s gain Euro 5+ compliance

Honda’s popular Forza trio of GT scooters receive style, equipment and all-round usability updates for 25YM to further cement their status as the ultimate in premium transport for the city and beyond. 

The range-topping Forza 750’s bodywork has undergone a taut, angular redesign which exudes dynamic maxi-scooter style. Up front, the new headlight unit with redesigned Daytime Running Lights shows a premium new face, whilst the integrated indicators elevate not only the style but also the visibility – and, ultimately, safety. Rounding out the 25YM visual revisions are new ‘3-by-3’ style 17-inch front and 15-inch rear wheels.

Practicality has been enhanced all-round, led by the new styling, which offers improved function in the shape of better wind protection and increased leg room. New running boards also increase rider comfort, whilst the reprofiled seat has been designed to be instantly comfortable whilst ensuring easy ground reach.

In common with its ‘adventure’ sibling the X-ADV, the Forza 750 uses a number of new materials for 2025, as one step towards the achievement of Honda’s long-term sustainability aims. There is a greatly increased application of recycled materials, and for the first time the biomass material DurabioTM is used for several bodywork parts.

All the upgrades build strongly on the Forza 750’s compelling combination of classic Grand Touring (GT) style and comfort mixed with sporty, engaging handling and punchy engine performance. The latter is derived from its torquey, fuel-efficient 745cc twin-cylinder powerplant, which offers adjustable characteristics through three default rider modes and a user defined option. The extensive specification also includes Honda Selectable Torque Control (HSTC), which for 25YM offers a further refined RAIN mode, and the revised Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT), which features adjustments for smoother handling at slow speeds. The robust tubular steel frame, aluminium swingarm, 41mm USD forks, radial-mount four-piston brake calipers, and Pro-Link rear suspension continue to deliver the sports motorcycle levels of handling that customers expect of any scooter carrying the Forza name.

Also upgraded for 2025 are the 25YM Forza 350 and Forza 125, both of which are built at Honda’s factory in Atessa, on Italy’s Adriatic coast. Both have been given new ECU settings, revised catalyser and muffler internals, and a SO2 sensor to ensure they – just like the 750 – reach EURO5+ compliance.  

For 25YM, all three Forza models gain a new five-inch TFT screen that offers revised menus and layouts for intuitive control, increased clarity in bright light and easy Honda RoadSync smartphone connectivity through the simplified switchgear on the lefthand bar. Practicality is further boosted for the trio thanks to the relocated USB socket, and a light in the under-seat storage compartment.

The extensive specification of Forza’s remains central to their appeal, and the 25YM Forza family continues this, with all models featuring an electrically-operated screen that adjusts through 180mm travel to accommodate a wide range of riding scenarios, full LED lighting, HSTC, USB-C connectivity and Smart Key functionality as standard.

The 25YM Forza 750 will be available in the following colour options:

  • ‘Blacked out’ Mat Ballistic Black Metallic
  • Iridium Gray Metallic with Graphite Black sump guard and trim
  • Mat Warm Ash Metallic – NEW

The 25YM Forza 350 will be offered in the following colours:

  • Mat Cynos Gray Metallic – NEW
  • Carnelian Red Metallic – NEW
  • Pearl Falcon Gray
  • Pearl Nightstar Black
  • Mat Pearl Cool White

A 25YM Forza 350 Special Edition is also available exclusively in Mat Cynos Gray Metallic with red graphics and stitching.

The following options will be available for the 25YM Forza 125:

  • Mat Cynos Gray Metallic
  • Pearl Falcon Gray
  • Mat Pearl Pacific Blue – NEW
  • Mat Pearl Cool White – NEW

A Forza 125 Special Edition will be available in a new Mat Cynos Gray Metallic with bronze wheels & exclusive graphics.

25YM Honda Forza 750 

Model updates: Crowning the prestigious Forza range, the Forza 750 is the ultimate city slicker offering an exciting ride and luxurious comfort wrapped in a high-tech package. A big-bore scooter that impresses in all areas, the 25YM receives a dynamic style refresh and specification boost – led by new twin LED headlights with integrated DRLs and indicators, as well as standard fit cruise control and an updated five-inch TFT screen with Honda RoadSync connectivity. As before effortless acceleration is on tap from the torquey 745cc twin-cylinder engine, equipped with Throttle-By-Wire, three default riding modes and three Level Honda Selectable Torque Control, which features newly refined RAIN mode. A tubular steel frame, aluminium swingarm, Pro-Link rear suspension and 17/15-inch front/rear wheels provide surefooted handling, with strong braking from dual radial-mount four-piston front calipers. The under-seat storage can hold a full-face helmet. A 35kW version is also available for A2 licence holders. Three new colours keep the Forza 750 fresh and further enhance its desirability.

 

Contents:

  1. Introduction
  2. Model overview
  3. Key features
  4. Accessories
  5. Technical specifications 

– 

1. Introduction

Since the turn of the millennium, Honda’s Forza range of scooters have proven to be a powerful force in Europe, with brand-within-brand levels of recognition. The success is down to a compelling combination of ingredients: the classic Grand Touring (GT) elements of strong road presence and genuine comfort for two, mixed with sporty, agile handling and punchy engine performance that makes every ride a blast.

Furthermore, every Forza model has always been known as a supremely smart, stylish and premium product, loaded with useful features that make life on the move that much easier, with a build quality and styling that exudes class. In 2021 the Forza 125 and Forza 350 were joined by a range-topping, large capacity sibling; the Forza 750.

Fast, agile and luxurious, the Forza 750 launched to critical acclaim and has made its presence felt in a hotly contested segment of the market. As equipped for the daily commute, in and out of town, as it is for a weekend tour, it is the epitome of quality and practicality. A rational choice, yes, but true to its Forza pedigree, it’s also something else – a whole load of stylish fun.

For 25YM version the Forza 750 is receiving style, tech and all-round usability updates that look set to further cement its aspirational status, as well as moving toward more sustainable production.

– 

2. Model Overview

The Forza 750’s new taut, angular bodywork offers ample high-speed wind protection, plenty of rider leg room and low seat height – and a distinct lack of any excess bulk. New dual headlights with Daytime Running Lights and in-built indicators lead the style update while sustainability has been enhanced by the use of Durabio material in certain areas. There’s under-seat storage space to take a full-face helmet and the handy glovebox for everyday items. The USB-C charging point has also been relocated from under the seat to a more prominent position on the handlebars. An updated five-inch TFT instrument display offers Honda RoadSync linking the rider to their smartphone. Ignition, locking and seat opening is via Smart Key. Cruise control is now standard-fit.

Powered by a torquey, fuel-efficient 745cc twin-cylinder engine, Throttle By Wire (TBW) allows adjustable engine character through three default rider modes: RAIN, STANDARD and SPORT, plus a customisable USER mode. Honda Selectable Torque Control (HSTC) offers a fine level of intervention over three levels (with 25YM refinements in RAIN mode) while the Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT) features automatic shifting schedules that link with the riding modes. Low speed response and feel has been optimised. 

A tubular steel frame, aluminium swingarm, 41mm USD forks, radial-mount four-piston brake calipers, Pro-Link rear suspension and 15-inch/17-inch front/rear wheel combination comprise the well-equipped chassis and deliver sports motorcycle levels of handling in scooter form.

The 25YM Forza 750 will be available in the following colour options:

  • ‘Blacked out’ Mat Ballistic Black Metallic
  • Iridium Gray Metallic with Graphite Black sump guard and trim
  • Mat Warm Ash Metallic 

3. Key Features

    3.1  Styling & Equipment

  • Classy and roomy GT styling is updated, and provides ample weather protection for rider and pillion
  • Electric screen and mirrors have been redesigned to improve operability 
  • Bio-based DurabioTM and recycled materials used in manufacture of bodywork
  • High technology count, with Smart Key operation, new LED headlights with Daytime Running Lights (DRL), all-new 5-inch TFT display with illuminated handlebar control, smartphone connectivity, cruise control and much more

As befits a GT scooter, the Forza 750’s sleek front fairing mounts the mirrors high and wide (for 25YM they’re easier to adjust) and provides ample wind protection for high-speed cruising, without the type of excessive bulk that hinders around-town agility. The Forza 750’s bodywork has undergone a taut, angular redesign which exudes premium maxi-scooter style. Up front, the new headlight unit with redesigned Daytime Running Lights shows a premium new face

The new electric screen design cocoons rider and pillion in a tranquil pocket of air; at 480mm it is 100mm (25%) wider than the previous design and operates through 120mm of height adjustment with a 10° difference in angle (forwards) at maximum extension. The screen also features an automatic lowering function, which lowers the screen to its lowest position when the ignition is turned off, contributing to convenience when parking. The screen is also equipped with a memory function that automatically raises the screen to its last set height from the last trip. This functionality activates when driving from 5km/h.

In addition, manufacture of the screen and fairing uses Durabio (a bio-based polycarbonate resin), with more recycled plastic/rubber materials also used in other areas of the bodywork.

But on top of the all-important riding functionality – and as head of the sophisticated Forza family – the Forza 750 is also a rolling statement of aspiration, with style that exudes premium appeal and a presence that will attract attention whenever, and wherever, it’s ridden.  

Of course, the practical details matter. There’s plenty of leg and foot room up front thanks to the reprofiled fairing and footstep, while the carefully contoured seat is instantly comfortable and ensures easy ground reach. Seat height is set at 790mm.The under-seat luggage space has 22L of volume and accepts a full-face helmet. There’s also a useful, and easy-to-access, glove compartment in the right-side inner fairing which can stow everyday items. The USB-C charging socket has been relocated from under the seat to a more prominent position on the handlebars. Cruise control integrates with the DCT smoothly and is very easy to use; activation is from the right switchgear, with plus/minus and resume/set from the left.

Key data is relayed to riders through an updated five-inch full colour TFT screen, which uses optical bonding to improve visibility in bright sunlight. By sealing the gap between the cover glass and TFT screen with resin, glare is reduced, and legibility improved. The display itself is customisable between ‘Bar’, ‘Circle’ and ‘Simple’ display patterns and offers smartphone connectivity via Honda RoadSync.

Honda RoadSync – alongside a new simplified, easy-to-use, backlit four-way toggle-switch on the left handlebar – allows straightforward, on-screen turn-by-turn navigation as well as the option (via a Bluetooth helmet headset) for the rider to make calls, listen to music or receive voice feedback of weather conditions. All an owner needs to do is download the free Honda RoadSync app from either the Play Store or the App Store, connect to the Forza 750, and go.

For added convenience the Forza 750 uses a Smart Key, which lives in the rider’s pocket and does away with the need to use a key for ignition, fuel cap and seat. With the Smart Key present, one push of the knob-type main switch powers it up and makes it possible to turn, giving the rider control of the ignition/steering lock and, via two rocker switches, the fuel cap and seat. It also locks and unlocks the optional Smart Top Box and has an ‘answer back’ function which makes the indicators flash for easy identification from a distance. A clutch mechanism in the main switch stops the handlebars unlocking by force.

The rear indicators have an Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) function. If negative acceleration of 6.0m/s2 is detected at a minimum speed of 53km/h with either brake working, the hazard lights flash to warn other road users a hard stop is in process. At the same speed the threshold is reduced if ABS is activated to a negative acceleration of a minimum 2.5m/s2

They also auto-cancel; rather than using a simple timer, the system compares front and rear wheel speed difference and calculates when to cancel the indication relative to the situation.

3.2 Engine

  • Peak power of 43.1kW, with 69Nm torque and 7,000rpm redline
  • Throttle By Wire engine management
  • 27.8km/l possible (WMTC mode)
  • 35kW A2 licence version available 

The proven design of the liquid-cooled, SOHC 8-valve parallel twin-cylinder engine ensures punchy performance in the low-to-mid range. Mechanically unchanged for 25YM, its relatively long-stroke architecture and specially shaped combustion chambers combine with the high-inertial mass crankshaft to produce large amounts of effortless torque from very low rpm. A forward cant brings the centre of gravity down for optimum stability. 

Peak power is 43.1kW @ 6,750rpm with maximum torque of 69Nm @ 4,750rpm, capped by a 7,000rpm redline. The Forza 750 will cover 0-50m in 3.9s and at 60km/h the engine is turning over at just 2,500rpm. 

Twin balancers counteract vibration from higher rpm inertia without affecting the distinct ‘throb’ delivered by the engine’s irregular firing order and 270° phased crankshaft. Bore and stroke are set at 77mm and 80mm respectively. Where possible, components are made to do more than one job: the camshaft drives the water pump, while one of the balancer shafts drives the oil pump. By keeping the number of parts to a minimum in this way, the engine is kept light, efficient and reliable.  

For A2 licence holders a 35kW version is available, which can be easily converted to the full power version by a Honda dealer at the appropriate time. Equally, it is possible to restrict the full power version to 35kW by a Honda dealer. 

The Forza 750 engine is exceptionally frugal ­– with a measured consumption of 27.8km/l (WMTC mode) providing a potential 375km cruising range from the 13.2-litre fuel tank.

3.3 Engine Electronics 

  • Throttle By Wire allows three default riding modes, plus USER customisation
  • 3-level Honda Selectable Torque Control features smooth management and refined Rain mode

With TBW managing the engine electronics, there are three modes for the rider to choose from, covering a wide range of riding conditions. Mode selection is managed between the left-hand switchgear and TFT display.

  • STANDARD delivers a balanced middle point between engine power delivery (P), Engine Braking (EB) and HSTC
  • SPORT gives more aggressive P delivery and EB, with low HSTC intervention
  • RAIN transmits low engine power delivery and braking, with high HSTC
  • USER offers custom options of low/medium/high between P/EB, low/medium/high/off for HSTC. 

Honda Selectable Torque Control (HSTC) offers unobtrusive operation and refined control as it manages rear wheel torque thanks to TBW, over three levels: 

  • Level 1 allows the minimum intervention for the lightest control over rear wheel spin.
  • Level 2 is the default setting and provides confidence-inspiring traction for general riding conditions.
  • Level 3 provides maximum control for slippery roads and is smoother in operation for 25YM.  

HSTC can also be switched OFF.

3.4 Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT)

  • Improved starting/slow-speed response uses same clutch oil pressure estimation update as 24YM Africa Twin
  • Differing shifting schedules link with riding modes
  • USER mode allows choice of settings from smooth to aggressive

Honda’s DCT technology is now in its 17th year of production, and over 240,000 units of DCT-equipped Honda two-wheelers have been sold in Europe since 2010. It delivers consistent, seamless gear changes up or down and very quickly becomes second nature in use. It uses two clutches: one for start-up and 1st, 3rd and 5th, the other for 2nd, 4th and 6th, with the mainshaft for each clutch located inside the other for compact packaging.

Each clutch is independently controlled by its own electro-hydraulic circuit. When a gear change occurs, the system pre-selects the target gear using the clutch not currently in use. The first clutch is then electronically disengaged as, simultaneously, the second clutch engages.

For the 25YM update smoother starting from standstill and control at low speed – under 10km/h – for U-turns were the targets. This requires a ‘quick yet gentle’ driving force at small throttle openings. 

Surpassing the operating parameters of the previous generation DCT the new technology applied now estimates the oil pressure of the clutch piston chamber and completely reviews the way feedback gain is applied – rather than just relying on an oil pressure sensor upstream of the clutch piston – resulting in improved, more delicate clutch response. Alongside a refinement to the way TBW now opens from closed, the DCT also features a dedicated setting for extremely low speed running.

Consistent, fast and seamless gear changes are always on offer. Furthermore, as the twin clutches transfer drive from one gear to the next with minimal interruption of the drive to the rear wheel, any gear change shock and pitching of the machine is minimised, making the change feel direct as well as smooth. Extra benefits include durability (as the gears cannot be damaged by missing a gear) impossibility of stalling, low stress urban riding, reduced rider fatigue and – crucially – the ability to concentrate more on riding lines, braking and acceleration points. 

The DCT system offers two distinct riding approaches – Automatic Transmission (AT), with pre-programmed shift patterns which constantly read vehicle speed, gear selected and engine rpm to decide when a shift should occur, and Manual Transmission (MT), for gear changes using the paddle-shift style triggers on the left handlebar.

Through TBW control there are four Automatic shifting schedules available. Level 1 is the most relaxed, with upshifts and downshifts operating at relatively lower rpm; it is linked with the RAIN riding mode. Level 4, on the other extreme, shifts up at higher rpm and also downshifts earlier for more engine braking effect; it is linked with the SPORT mode. Level 2 is linked with STANDARD riding mode, with Level 3 situated between STANDARD and SPORT.

The USER mode functionality allows the rider to select any of the DCT shift patterns with the preferred permutations of the other parameters – Power delivery, Engine Braking and HSTC.

3.5 Chassis 

  • Tubular steel diamond frame, 41mm USD fork, Pro-Link suspension and aluminium swingarm 
  • Radial mount four-piston front brake calipers, 310mm discs and ABS
  • Newly designed 17-inch front and 15-inch rear cast wheel combination 

For core strength the Forza 750 uses a rugged tubular steel diamond frame, which neatly packages all ancillaries and gives ample space for the under-seat storage area. Rake and trail are set at 27°/104mm with wheelbase of 1580mm. Overall wet weight is 236kg. 

The spring preload adjustable rear shock is a single tube split pressure design and operates the aluminium swingarm – constructed from a machined-hollow cross member and U-shaped (in cross section) arms – through Pro-Link.

Newly designed ‘3by3’ 17-inch front and 15-inch rear cast aluminium wheels deliver confident handling and stability, whilst looking stylish, and are wrapped in 120/70 R17 and 160/60 R15 tyres front and rear. Dual radial-mount opposed four-piston calipers grip 310mm discs and work through ABS.

4. Accessories 

A full range of Genuine Honda Accessories are available for the Forza 750 either individually or in carefully curated packs for user convenience:

The Comfort Park is versatile collection of parts designed to enhance rider comfort and convenience:

  • Deflector Set
  • Comfort Seat
  • Heated Grips
  • Console Bag

The Style Pack builds in additional protection and looks:

  • Parking Lever
  • Parking Lever Cover
  • Lateral Cover
  • Floor Panel
  • Fog Lights

The colour matched Travel Pack increases carrying capacity:

  • Panniers (Right 26L, Left 33L)
  • Colour Matched Pannier Panels
  • Pannier Inner Bags

Also colour matched, the Urban Pack ups daily commuting ability:

  • Aluminium Rear Carrier
  • 50L Smart Top Box
  • Top Box Cushion (2 versions available, with grey or red stitching to match the Comfort Seat)
  • Colour Matched Smart Top Box Panel
  • 25L Top Box Inner Bag
  • Under-seat Luggage Divider

Also available:

  • Aluminium Panels for Panniers and Top Box
  • 50L Manual Top Box
  • 38L Manual Top Box
  • Alarm System
  • Passenger Backrest

5. Technical Specifications 

ENGINE

Type

Liquid-cooled 4-stroke 8-valve, SOHC parallel 2-cylinder

Displacement

745cc

Bore & Stroke

77mm x 80mm

Compression Ratio

10.7:1

Max. Power Output

43.1kW @ 6,750rpm (35kW/6,000rpm)

Max. Torque

69Nm @ 4,750rpm (65Nm/4,000rpm)

Oil Capacity

4.0L

Noise Level (dB)

L-wot – 76.5

L-urban – 71.3

FUEL SYSTEM

Carburation

PGM-FI electronic fuel injection

Fuel Tank Capacity

13.2 litres

Fuel Consumption

3.6L/100km

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Starter

Electric

Battery Capacity

12V/11.0AH

ACG Output

510W/5000rpm

DRIVETRAIN

Clutch Type

Wet multiplate hydraulic dual-clutch

Transmission Type

Six-speed dual clutch transmission

Final Drive

Chain

FRAME

Type

Diamond; steel pipe

CHASSIS

Dimensions (L'W'H)

2200m x 790mm x 1480mm

Wheelbase

1580mm

Caster Angle

27°

Trail

104mm

Seat Height

790mm

Ground Clearance

135mm

Kerb Weight

236kg

SUSPENSION

Type Front

41mm USD,120mm stroke

Type Rear

Monoshock damper, Pro-Link swingarm, 120mm travel

WHEELS

Type Front

‘3 by 3’ spoked wheel

Type Rear

‘3 by 3’ spoked wheel

Rim Size Front

17M/C x MT3.50

Rim Size Rear

15M/C x MT4.50

Tyres Front

120/70-R17M/C

Tyres Rear

160/60-R15M/C

BRAKES

ABS System Type

Two-channel ABS

Type Front

310mm double hydraulic disc with radial four-piston caliper

Type Rear

240mm single hydraulic disc with Mono-piston caliper

INSTRUMENTS & ELECTRICS

Instruments

Five-inch colour TFT Meter

Security System

Smart Key system

Headlight

LED

Taillight

LED

 

All specifications are provisional and subject to change without notice.

# Please note that the figures provided are results obtained by Honda under standardised testing conditions prescribed by WMTC. Tests are conducted on a rolling road using a standard version of the vehicle with only one rider and no additional optional equipment. Actual fuel consumption may vary depending on how you ride, how you maintain your vehicle, weather, road conditions, tire pressure, installation of accessories, cargo, rider and passenger weight, and other factors.

25YM Honda Forza 350

New Model: Honda’s sporty/GT sit­in scooter is the premium mid­size choice. It benefits from a peppy, enhanced Smart Power+ (eSP+) engine (now EURO5+ compliant thanks to revised ECU settings, new catalyser/muffler internals and SO2 sensor), and nimble-handling chassis comprising 33mm telescopic forks, twin rear shocks and 15/14-inch front/rear wheels. Standard specification includes HSTC, electric screen adjustment, USB­C socket, storage space for two full­face helmets – now with internal light – full LED lighting and Smart Key operation. A new five-inch TFT screen includes Honda RoadSync smartphone connectivity and is operated via new backlit four-way switchgear. Alongside fresh 25YM paint options a new Special Edition is also available.

 

Contents

  1. Introduction
  2. Model overview
  3. Key features
  4. Accessories
  5. Technical specifications 

1. Introduction 

The Forza name has long been a powerful force in Honda’s two wheeled line­up. Its history as a premium, mid­size scooter goes back to the year 2000: the first model set the template, delivering a lively ride, plenty of storage room and an innovative combined braking system. It was well received throughout Europe, where owners found its multi­role capability useful in every aspect of daily life.

While retaining its trademark mix of sporty and GT character the Forza 300 constantly evolved, aiming to exceed owners’ expectations with every upgrade. In 04YM it gained Honda’s S MATIC electronically controlled CVT (Continuously Variable Transmission), a theft deterring Smart key, highly efficient PGM­FI fuel injection for the engine and space for two full­face helmets under the seat.

05YM saw the addition of ABS brakes and, in 08YM, luxurious touches like an audio package and speakers plus upgraded S MATIC (with phased auto shift mode) and Combined ABS brakes were added. In 16YM it moved on again, as the Forza 300 with a new ‘sit-in’ design large enough to carry two people in total comfort, even at highways speeds.

18YM marked the unveiling of a radically revised Forza 300 – lighter, smaller, sharper and sportier – following in the hugely successful wheel tracks of its little sibling, the Forza 125, while retaining all the best attributes of its ‘GT’ nature. In 21YM it was time for another advance: the Forza 350. Faster, even more useful with fresh technology it set a stylishly desirable new benchmark.

25YM welcomes a new Forza 350, with practical updates aimed at increasing owner satisfaction in daily life, plus some fresh new paint options and a stunning Special Edition that introduces a unique colour combination.

2. Model Overview 

Sleek, stylish and aerodynamically efficient with its electric screen, the 25YM Forza 350 exudes premium appeal through its layered upper fairing, lighting unit and surround. The lithe front end features chiseled lines and defined creases to create a sporty, purposeful look.  A sturdy chassis – comprising tubular steel frame, 33mm telescopic forks, twin rear shock absorbers and 15/14-inch front/rear wheel combination – provides surefooted handling confidence and traffic-busting agility.

A new five-inch TFT screen offers intuitive control, clarity in bright light and easy Honda RoadSync smartphone connectivity through simplified L/H switchgear. A USB Type­C socket provides convenient charging, with room for two full­face helmets in the under-seat (now internally lit) storage compartment. 

Developing 21.5kW and 31.5Nm, the Forza 350’s 330cc engine is strong all the way through its rev­range, delivering crisp acceleration and a top speed of 137km/h. It also has new ECU settings, catalyser, muffler internals and SO2 sensor for Euro 5+ compliance.

The 25YM Forza 350 will be available in the following colour options:

  • Carnelian Red Metallic – NEW
  • Pearl Falcon Gray
  • Pearl Nightstar Black
  • Mat Pearl Cool White

The 25YM Forza 350 Special Edition is available in the following colour option:

  • Mat Cynos Gray Metallic with Red graphics and stitching

3. Key Features

    3.1 Styling & Equipment

  • Full height electric screen adjusts through 180mm
  • New five-inch TFT screen with Honda RoadSync smartphone connectivity
  • Smart Key operation of ignition and (optional) 45­litre top box 
  • Emergency Stop Signal function (ESS) warns other road users of sudden braking 

The Forza 350’s lines flow back from its electric screen (controlled by a switch on the left handlebar) which adjusts through 180mm. It’s designed to provide wind protection, with airflow directed around and over the rider’s head, and reduce wind noise. Stability and comfort at higher speeds – and long distances – can be instantly exchanged for a greater sense of freedom around town, by lowering the screen. 

For comfort at higher speeds a large front air duct manages negative pressure in front of the rider, reducing the natural effect of the wind pushing the rider back.

Sculpted for both style and aerodynamic efficiency, the Forza 350’s sharp design lines give a clean, smooth modernity, creating an impression of energetic sportiness and premium desirability.

Two full-face helmets can be stored under the seat, and it’s also possible to partition the storage area to house a helmet and/or rain gear and A4 sized bags – there is also now a handy internal light. The front left inner fairing pocket is lockable, and its internal space can be arranged for the rider’s convenience to hold a phone and water bottle, for instance. It also houses a USB-C socket. All lighting is premium LED.

The new five-inch full colour TFT screen (with redesigned exterior decoration) uses optical bonding to improve visibility in bright sunlight. By sealing the gap between the cover glass and TFT screen with resin, glare is reduced, and backlight transmittance improved. IOS/Android smartphone connectivity of Honda RoadSync is also an upgrade. 

This feature – alongside a simplified, easy-to-use, backlit four-way toggle-switch on the left handlebar – allows straightforward, on-screen turn-by-turn navigation as well as the option (via a Bluetooth helmet headset) for the rider to make calls or listen to music. All an owner has to do is download the Honda RoadSync app from either the Play Store or the App Store, connect to the Forza 350, and go. 

The Forza 350’s Smart Key – as well as controlling the main ignition switch knob and compartment locking – also manages the optional 45L Smart top box. With the Smart Key in the rider’s pocket the box is unlocked, and automatically locks when the rider walks away. It can also be locked from the key. To maintain the internal volume of the box the actuator mechanism is in the rear body of the machine.

The rear indicators of the Forza 350 have auto­cancelling Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) technology. Once the ABS modulator detects sudden braking, the rear indicators flash at high speed to warn other vehicles.

3.2 Engine 

  • 330cc engine puts out 21.5Kw peak power with 31.5Nm torque 
  • enhanced Smart Power+ (eSP+) technology ensures fuel economy of 30km/l (WMTC mode)
  • New ECU settings, catalyser, muffler internals and SO2 sensor 

The Forza 350’s eSP+ engine achieves both high environmental performance and strong output characteristic through comprehensive adoption of technologies for friction reduction.

Liquid-cooled the 330cc, fuel injected SOHC four­valve unit produces peak power of 21.5kW @ 7,500rpm, with maximum torque of 31.5Nm @ 5,250rpm. Top speed is 137km/h and, from a standing start, the Forza 350 will cover 200m in 10.4s. 

Bore is set at 77mm with stroke of 70.7mm; compression ratio is set at 10.5:1. Roller­type rocker arm, plain journal crank bearings and sealed crankcases deliver long-term reliability together with strong performance. To enhance piston cooling, an oil jet, as used on the CRF450R, sprays oil right to the back of the piston, advancing ignition timing and improving combustion performance. Oil capacity is 1.8 litres. 

Air is supplied via a 5.5 litre airbox which feeds a 36mm throttle body. The intake port draws air efficiently, utilising a ‘tumble’ flow within the cylinder for more consistent fuel combustion. Exhaust gases are expelled via a straight exhaust port and, to reduce exhaust gas resistance, the muffler consists of two distinct chambers.

Internal friction is reduced through a 5mm offset cylinder, a hydraulic cam chain adjuster and the use of a scavenger pump. Used on high performance machines, the pump lowers the internal pressure within the engine, reduces oil agitation and decreases pumping losses and internal rotational friction. A balancer shaft further reduces vibration and contributes to a smooth enjoyable ride.

An automatic centrifugal clutch works a V­Matic transmission (with ratios set for fast low speed reaction and smart acceleration) and belt final drive.

The Forza 350’s engine is equipped with Honda Selectable Torque Control (HSTC). The system detects any difference between the front and rear wheel speeds, calculates the slip ratio and then controls engine torque via the fuel injection to regain rear wheel traction. HSTC can be switched ON/ ­OFF via a switch on the left handlebar. A ‘T’ indicator in the digital display flickers when the system is working to manage grip.

Alongside updated ECU settings the muffler’s internal structure has been revised, the catalyser upgraded and an SO2 sensor added to ensure Euro 5+ compliance. Fuel economy is a frugal 30km/l (WMTC mode); the 11.7L tank capacity gives a potential 340km+ range.

3.3 Chassis

  • Short wheelbase with sharp steering geometry
  • Compact body dimensions paired with practical seat height
  • Both wheels cast aluminium; 14-inch diameter rear and 15­inch front 

A sturdy, yet lightweight, tubular steel frame is at the heart of the Forza 350’s reassuring feel on the road. Wheelbase is set at 1510mm, with rake at 26.5° and trail 89mm. The radiator is in front of the fuel tank for better cooling performance, and the battery is found between the fuel tank and the under-seat storage area, focusing mass to the centre. Wet weight is 186kg.

Seat height is 780mm and the riding position naturally upright, promoting excellent all­ round visibility. Handlebar width is 754mm, with front width of 580mm and mirror width of 860mm; compact dimensions that make slipping through traffic heavy streets easy.

Rigid 33mm telescopic forks are matched by twin rear shock absorbers – adjustable through seven­stage spring preload – working through one­piece aluminium swingarm.

The cast aluminium 15-inch front wheel is fitted with a 120/70­15 tyre while the 14-inch rear wears a 140/70­14, offering maximum traction and ride comfort. A 256mm single disc performs stopping duties up front, mated to a 240mm rear, with the benefit of two­channel ABS for braking control on slippery surfaces.

4. Accessories

A range of Genuine Honda Accessories are available for the Forza 350 either individually or in customer focused packs for added convenience:

The Style Pack is a stylish collection of parts designed to enhance the sporty yet luxurious appearance of the Forza, while adding comfort to both pillion and rider:

  • Floor Panel
  • Comfort Seat
  • Passenger Backrest

The Urban Pack increases daily commuting practicality and peace of mind by adding:

  • Heated Grips
  • Security Buzzer

Also available:

  • 45L Smart Top Box
  • 35L Top Box
  • Top Box Inner Bag
  • Rear Carrier

5. Technical Specifications 

ENGINE

Engine Type

Liquid-cooled 4-stroke, 4 valve SOHC single, eSP+

Engine Displacement

330 cc

Bore x Stroke (mm)

77 mm x 70.8 mm

Compression Ratio

10.5

Max. Power Output

21.5 kW at 7,500 rpm

Max. Torque

31.5 Nm at 5,250 rpm

Max Speed

137 km/h

Oil Capacity

1.8 L

Starter

E-Starter

FUEL SYSTEM

Carburation

PGM-FI Fuel Injection

Fuel Tank Capacity

11.7 L

CO2 Emissions WMTC

79 g/km

Fuel Consumption

3.4 L/100km

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Battery Type

MF-WET

Battery Capacity

12 V 9.1 Ah

DRIVETRAIN

Clutch Type

Automatic Centrifugal Clutch Dry Type

Transmission Type

CVT

Final Drive

V-Belt

FRAME

Frame Type

Tubular Steel Underbone

CHASSIS

Dimensions (L'W'H)

2,145 mm x 754 mm x 1,360 mm

Wheelbase

1,510 mm

Caster Angle

26.5°

Trail

91 mm

Seat Height

780 mm

Ground Clearance

145 mm

Kerb Weight

186 kg

Turning radius

2.4 m

SUSPENSION

Suspension Front

33 mm Telescopic 100 mm travel

Suspension Rear

Twin shock 115 mm travel

WHEELS

Wheels Front

15M/C X MT3.50 Cast aluminium  

Wheels Rear

14M/C X MT4.00 Cast aluminium  

Tyres Front

120/70-15MC 56P

Tyres Rear

140/70-14MC 68P

BRAKES

ABS Type

Two-channel

Brakes Front

Dual piston Nissin caliper. 256 mm, single disc

Brakes Rear

Single piston Nissin caliper. 240 mm, single disc

INSTRUMENTS & ELECTRICS

Instruments

Five-inch TFT Panel Multi information display

Headlight

LED

Taillight

LED

Connectivity

RoadSync

USB

USB-C

Security System

Smart Key

HSTC

Yes

Additional Features

ESS, SMART Key, electronically adjustable windscreen

 

All specifications are provisional and subject to change without notice.

# Please note that the figures provided are results obtained by Honda under standardised testing conditions prescribed by WMTC. Tests are conducted on a rolling road using a standard version of the vehicle with only one rider and no additional optional equipment. Actual fuel consumption may vary depending on how you ride, how you maintain your vehicle, weather, road conditions, tire pressure, installation of accessories, cargo, rider and passenger weight, and other factors.

25YM Honda Forza 125 


New Model: Honda’s Forza 125 sports/GT scooter is the premium small-capacity choice. It benefits from a lively ‘enhanced Smart Power+’ (eSP+) engine with revised ECU settings, muffler structure and SO2 sensor for Euro 5+ compliance, and nimble-handling chassis comprising 33mm telescopic forks, twin rear shocks and 15/14-inch front/rear wheels. Standard specification includes HSTC, electric screen adjustment, USB­C socket, storage space for two full­face helmets – now with internal light – full LED lighting and Smart Key operation. A new five-inch TFT screen includes Honda RoadSync smartphone connectivity and is operated via new backlit four-way switchgear. Alongside fresh 25YM paint options, a new Special Edition is also available.

 

Contents

  1. Introduction
  2. Model overview
  3. Key features
  4. Accessories
  5. Technical specifications

 

1. Introduction 

Honda’s Forza 125 was designed specifically for discerning European customers who demand the very most out of their scooter in every respect. And straight out of the crate the Forza 125 hit the ground rolling, proving an instant sales hit thanks to its comprehensive mix of sporty and ‘GT’ elements wrapped up in a distinctive design package. Evolving over the years in response to owner feedback, through September 2023 it has now sold over 115,000 units to date.

The reasons for its enduring popularity are several: a lively four-valve version of Honda’s eSP (‘enhanced Smart Power’) engine, compact dimensions, sports-oriented attitude and handling ability provides traffic-busting agility around town, while its sit-in comfort, wind protection and strong top end power make easy work of longer-range highway commuting. Add in plenty of storage, premium features front to back, a sharp-edged design aesthetic and Honda build quality, and the overall package is truly compelling.

Fittingly, it’s never stood still. In 18YM – maintaining a steep development curve – the Forza 125 received a complete, sporty re-style and rider-focused upgrades including full LED lighting and electric screen. 21YM brought cosmetic and aerodynamic updates, 40mm extra screen travel and a USB-C socket instead of ACC charging point. 23YM saw the Forza 125 move on again with a sleek new redesign. 

Manufactured at Honda Italia Industriale, 25YM brings some practical updates that owners will appreciate, brand-new contemporary colours and a new Special Edition paint scheme cementing the Forza 125’s position as the sports GT scooter.

2. Model Overview 

Led by chiselled dual LED headlights the Forza 125 takes its styling cues directly from the range-topping Forza 750, adopting an elegantly sophisticated look. The defined, shapely fairing is topped by an electric screen that adjusts through 180mm travel to maximise freedom or wind protection. 

For 25YM, a new five-inch TFT screen offers intuitive control, clarity in bright light and easy Honda RoadSync smartphone connectivity through simplified switchgear on the lefthand bar. Practicality comes in the form of a USB-C socket in the glovebox, which provides convenient charging, whilst the now illuminated under-seat storage compartment has room for two full­face helmets. 

The sure-footed chassis – comprising tubular steel frame, 33mm telescopic forks, twin rear shock absorbers and 15/14-inch front/rear wheel combination – delivers nimble handling with confidence. 

Developing 10.7kW and 12.3Nm, the eSP+ 125cc engine is a lively performer. It’s now also Euro 5+ compliant with new ECU settings, muffler internals and SO2 sensor. Honda Selectable Torque Control (HSTC) maintains rear tyre grip.

The 25YM Forza 125 will be available in the following colour options: 

  • Mat Cynos Gray Metallic
  • Pearl Falcon Gray
  • Mat Pearl Pacific Blue – NEW
  • Mat Pearl Cool White – NEW 

The 25YM Forza 125 Special Edition will be available in the following colour option: 

  • Mat Cynos Gray Metallic with Bronze wheels & exclusive graphics – NEW

3. Key Features 

     3.1 Styling & Equipment 

  • Electric screen adjusts through 180mm
  • New five-inch TFT screen with Honda RoadSync smartphone connectivity and easy-to-use switchgear
  • Smart Key operation of ignition, seat, fuel cap cover and (optional) 45­litre Smart Top box
  • Emergency Stop Signal function (ESS) warns other road users of sudden braking 

Sculpted for both style and aerodynamic efficiency – with design influence direct from the family flagship Forza 750 – the Forza 125’s elegant, front fairing creates an impression of energetic sportiness and premium desirability. The LED headlights, also inspired by those on the Forza 750, form a major part of the unmistakable Forza face with clean and simple design lines underlining the premium appeal.

Handlebar width is 750mm with mirror height of 1125mm; the perfect dimensions for slipping through congested city streets. Seat height is set at 780mm; there’s plenty of room for two and the riding position cups securely.

The electric screen (controlled by a switch on the left handlebar) adjusts through 180mm. It’s designed to provide wind protection, with airflow directed around and over the rider’s head, and reduce wind noise. Stability and comfort at higher speeds – and long distances – can be instantly exchanged for a greater sense of freedom around town, by lowering the screen. For comfort at higher speeds a larger front air duct manages negative pressure in front of the rider, reducing the natural effect of the wind pushing the rider back.

The new five-inch full colour TFT screen uses optical bonding to improve visibility in bright sunlight. By sealing the gap between the cover glass and TFT screen with resin, glare is reduced, and backlight transmittance improved. The IOS/Android smartphone connectivity of Honda RoadSync is also an upgrade. 

This feature – operated through the simplified, easy-to-use, backlit four-way toggle-switch on the left handlebar – allows straightforward, on-screen turn-by-turn navigation as well as the option (via a Bluetooth helmet headset) for the rider to make calls or listen to music. All an owner has to do is download the Honda RoadSync app from either the Play Store or the App Store, connect to the Forza 125, and go.

Two full-face helmets can be stored in the now illuminated under seat area, which can be partitioned to house a helmet and rain gear or A4-sized bags. The front left inner fairing pocket is lockable, and its internal space can be arranged for the rider’s convenience to hold a phone and water bottle, for instance, and integrates a USB-C socket.

The Forza 125’s Smart Key – as well as controlling the main ignition switch knob and compartment locking – also manages the optional 45L Smart top box. With the Smart Key in the rider’s pocket the box is unlocked, and automatically locks when the rider walks away. It can also be locked from the key. To maintain the internal volume of the box the actuator mechanism is locates in the rear body of the machine.

3.2 Engine

  • 125cc engine produces 10.7kW peak power with 12.3Nm torque
  • The fuel-efficient unit uses Honda’s eSP technologies, plus Idling Stop
  • New ECU settings, revised exhaust muffler and SO2 sensor
  • 41.7km/l gives range of nearly 500km between fill-ups
  • Honda Selectable Torque Control (HSTC) increases rider confidence 

The enhanced Smart Power+ (eSP+) four-valve, water-cooled SOHC powerplant delivers 10.7kW @ 8,750rpm, with peak torque of 12.3Nm @ 6,500rpm. Bore and stroke is set at 53.5 x 55.5mm with compression ratio of 11.5:1.

From a standing start the Forza 125 accelerates rapidly (0-200m covered in just 13.3s) while sharp mid-range makes for responsive roll-on performance in the typical 40-60km/h around-town speed range. It will cruise happily around 90km/h and V-max is 108km/h.

Honda’s eSP+ low-friction technologies are found throughout the engine. A compact combustion chamber and PGM-FI fuel injection – fed by 4.7-litre airbox and 26mm diameter inlet duct – optimise combustion velocity and cooling performance. Clever packaging of items like the oil pump (which is built into the crankcase) help to further heighten the efficiency.

An offset cylinder reduces friction caused by contact between piston and bore, efficiently transmitting combustion energy to the crankshaft. A ‘spiny’ cast-iron sleeve – with tiny surface extensions – keeps in check any distortion of the inner bore diameter. This design lowers tension in the piston ring, reducing friction.

A high-efficiency radiator – integrated into the exterior of the right-side crankcase – employs a small, light fan that reduces frictional losses and lowers drag. Rolling resistance within the transmission unit is reduced by the use of three low-friction main bearings, all designed to deal with the loads they individually receive. The drive pulley features a fin design that lowers air resistance, and the follower pulley reduces pressure on the drive belt, cutting transmission losses.

The electronically controlled, brushless ACG starter is an integrated component mounted directly on the end of the crankshaft, serving as starter motor and alternator. It spins the engine directly, eliminating any noise from gear engagement or meshing.

Idling Stop automatically stops the engine running after three seconds at idle when the Forza is stationary, and the brakes applied and re-starts it instantly when the throttle grip is twisted. It’s seamless in use thanks to ACG and the swing-back system that returns the crank to its position before air intake, and a decompression mechanism that negates cranking resistance from compression. It has the functionality to ‘read’ the battery charge and turns itself off to avoid excessive drain.

One of the original aims of the Forza 125 is that the trip to the fuel station should happen just once a week for the average user, and a near 500km tank range is possible thanks to the engine’s fuel efficiency of approximately 41.7km/l (WMTC mode) and 11.7litre tank.

Alongside updated ECU settings the muffler’s internal structure has been revised and an SO2 sensor added to ensure Euro 5+ compliance. 

3.3 Chassis

  • Tubular steel frame, 33mm telescopic forks and preload adjustable twin shocks
  • Wet weight of just 164kg aids agility and ease of use
  • Cast aluminium wheels, front and rear disc brakes, ABS fitted as standard 

The tubular steel frame that underpins the Forza 125’s chassis provides the necessary rigidity and strength for the broad variety of riding conditions it will face. Sturdy 33mm telescopic forks are matched by twin rear shock absorbers – adjustable through five-stage spring preload – working through a one-piece aluminium swingarm.

The Forza 125’s light weight, just 164kg, makes it easy to manage at walking speeds, and easy to park. A wheelbase of 1,505mm provides stability; the steering geometry – 26.5° rake and 89mm trail – delivers nimble steering.

The cast aluminium 15-inch front wheel is fitted with a 120/70-15 tyre while the 14-inch rear wears a 140/70-14 tyre, offering maximum traction and ride comfort. A large 256mm single disc performs stopping duties up front, mated to a 240mm rear, with the benefit of ABS for extra braking control on slippery surfaces.

4. Accessories 

A range of Genuine Honda Accessories are available for the Forza 125 either individually or in customer focused packs for added convenience:

The Style Pack is a stylish collection of parts designed to enhance the sporty yet luxurious appearance of the Forza, while adding comfort to both pillion and rider:

  • Floor Panel
  • Comfort Seat
  • Passenger Backrest

The Urban Pack increases daily commuting practicality and peace of mind by adding:

  • Heated Grips
  • Security Buzzer 

Also available:

  • 45L Smart Top Box
  • 35L Top Box
  • Top Box Inner Bag
  • Rear Carrier

5. Technical Specifications 

ENGINE

Engine Type

Liquid-cooled 4-stroke, 4 valve SOHC single, eSP+

Engine Displacement

125 cc

Bore x Stroke (mm)

53.5 mm x 55.5 mm

Compression Ratio

11.5:1

Max. Power Output

10.7 kW at 8,750 rpm

Max. Torque

12.3 Nm at 6,500 rpm

Noise Level (dB)

max. 82.8 dB

Max Speed

108 km/h

Oil Capacity

0.9 L

Starter

E-Starter

FUEL SYSTEM

Carburation

PGM-FI Fuel Injection

Fuel Tank Capacity

11.7 L

CO2 Emissions WMTC

54 g/km

Fuel Consumption

2.4 L/100km

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Battery Type

MF-WET

Battery Capacity

12 V 7.4 Ah

DRIVETRAIN

Clutch Type

Automatic Centrifugal Clutch Dry Type

Transmission Type

CVT

Final Drive

V-Belt

FRAME

Frame Type

Tubular Steel Underbone

CHASSIS

Dimensions (LxWxH)

2,145 mm x 754 mm x 1,350 mm

Wheelbase

1,510 mm

Caster Angle

26.5°

Trail

91 mm

Seat Height

780 mm

Ground Clearance

141 mm

Kerb Weight

164 kg

Turning radius

2.3 m

SUSPENSION

Suspension Front

33 mm telescopic 89 mm travel

Suspension Rear

Twin shock 101 mm travel

WHEELS

Wheels Front

Cast aluminium  

Wheels Rear

Cast aluminium  

Tyres Front

120/70-15MC 56P

Tyres Rear

140/70-14MC 68P

BRAKES

ABS Type

Two-channel

Brakes Front

Dual piston Nissin caliper. Single 256mm disc

Brakes Rear

Single piston Nissin caliper. Single 240mm disc

INSTRUMENTS & ELECTRICS

Instruments

Five-inch TFT Panel Multi information display

Headlight

LED

Taillight

LED

Connectivity

RoadSync

USB

USB-C

Security System

Smart Key

HSTC

Yes

Additional Features

ESS, SMART Key, electronically adjustable windscreen 180 mm

 

All specifications are provisional and subject to change without notice.

# Please note that the figures provided are results obtained by Honda under standardised testing conditions prescribed by WMTC. Tests are conducted on a rolling road using a standard version of the vehicle with only one rider and no additional optional equipment. Actual fuel consumption may vary depending on how you ride, how you maintain your vehicle, weather, road conditions, tire pressure, installation of accessories, cargo, rider and passenger weight, and other factors.

25YM Honda NT1100 & NT1100 Electronic Suspension

New Model: The NT1100 defined a new breed of Honda tourer when introduced as 22 year model, offering comfort, agility and hugely enjoyable performance. Building on its success, the NT receives a major upgrade for 25YM with an emphasis on further increasing rider comfort. The twin-cylinder engine gets a mid-range performance boost, while a six-axis IMU adds extra precision to several electronic rider aids. A new variant, the NT1100 Electronic Suspension, is also available with the sophisticated ride offered by Showa-EERATM, alongside the standard Showa setup. The sleek fairing has redrawn with sharper, more aggressive styling and features a revised height-adjustable screen that can be operated one handed, while the upper and lower wind deflectors have been reprofiled to ensure greater high-speed aerodynamic efficiency and outstanding weather protection. Twin LED headlights now employ DRL indicators for increased visibility and safety. The rear of the front mudguard has been extended 150mm for extra weather protection, the larger seat offers increased comfort and both standard-fit panniers now have larger internal volume. Electronic rider aids include three default riding modes with pre-set combinations of settings for Power and Engine Braking, plus two customisable USER options. HSTC with integrated Wheelie Control is available with 3 levels; Cornering ABS is a new addition. Radial-mount four-piston front callipers provide the braking power, 120/70-17 and 180/55-17 front and rear tyres the grip. A 6.5-inch TFT touch screen rounds out a premium specification and features Apple CarPlay® and Android Auto® connectivity. 

Contents: 

1.    Introduction 
2.    Model overview
3.    Key features
4.    Accessories
5.    Technical specifications

– 

1. Introduction 

In a motorcycling landscape full of adventure-focussed bikes, the last decade has seen a limited number of choices available for riders looking for performance, handling, long range comfort, and technology but not necessarily the image or physical dimensions of ‘adventure’ were.

The NT1100 was introduced for 2022 precisely to increase those options. It’s a straightforward touring machine, with a full feature list and a sporty edge to its performance – the sort of bike that deals with the weekday commute efficiently and is also ready for an extended tour fully loaded. Designed to draw those with a long memory of similar Honda machines of the past, but also attract a much younger rider, it employs the frame and characterful twin-cylinder engine of the CRF1100L Africa Twin as a base, ensuring characterful, engaging performance – and packs in features and technology that broaden any motorcycle’s appeal.

With this combination of wide-ranging abilities and rich specification, already over 12,000 NT1100s have been sold, and it was Europe’s most popular sports tourer in 2023. For 25YM the NT1100 is receiving major upgrades to engine performance, practicality, and long-range comfort, as well as the introduction of an Electronic Suspension option. And, in the process, looks set to cement its place in Honda’s large range as one of motorcycling’s ultimate all-rounders.

2. Model Overview

– 

Comfortable, agile, enjoyable. That’s the NT1100 in a nutshell. And for 25YM even more so.

Its 1,084cc parallel twin cylinder engine has been tuned – via intake, combustion and exhaust development – to produce 7% more low- and mid-range torque with no loss of peak power. 

A six-axis Inertial Measurement Unit (IMU) now controls not only the three-level HSTC with integrated Wheelie Control, but also Cornering ABS and Rear Lift Control. There are three default riding modes – URBAN, RAIN, and TOUR – with preset combinations of Power and Engine Braking, plus two USER modes allowing the rider to select their own preferred permutations.

The NT1100’s sleek styling has been updated with a harder, more defined edge and refined to deliver efficient aerodynamic performance with a riding position tailored for touring. The dual headlights now feature a unique DRL signature with integrated indicators for a sleeker look and increased safety through improved visibility. Upper and lower wind deflectors work to protect the rider while the adjustable screen can now be operated by the rider, one-handed, from a seated position. A redesigned seat offers improved comfort, whilst the standard-fit panniers have increased in volume – to take a full-face helmet each – and a front mudguard extender is a useful weather-proofing addition.

New for 25YM is the NT1100 Electric Suspension, which features Showa Electronically Equipped Ride Adjustment (Showa-EERA™) suspension. Offered alongside the standard Showa suspension-equipped ‘standard’ NT1100, the advanced Showa-EERA™ offers optimised damping in all riding conditions and situations, as well as the ability to adjust rear spring preload on the move.

As before, the steel semi-double cradle frame employs a relatively short wheelbase and sharp steering geometry. Dual 310mm front discs are paired with 4-piston radial-mount callipers; tyres are sized 120/70-17 front and 180/55-17 rear.

A 6.5-inch TFT touch screen provides full colour, customisable displays and offers Apple CarPlay® and Android Auto® smartphone connectivity. Cruise control, upgraded heated grips, ACC and USB charging sockets, self-cancelling indicators and Emergency Stop Signals (ESS) are also standard fit, as is a centre stand.

Honda’s proven six-speed Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT) is also newly updated for 25YM, redeveloped to improve low-speed feel and is now linked to the IMU for more intuitive gear shifting while cornering.

The 25YM NT1100 will be available in the following colour options:

  • Mat Warm Ash Metallic *NEW*
  • Gunmetal Black Metallic *NEW*
  • Pearl Hawkseye Blue

3. Key Features 

     3.1 Engine 

  • Strong boost to mid-range power and torque as per 24YM Africa Twin
  • Delivery, throttle response and exhaust note specific to NT1100
  • Assist/slipper clutch control for manual six-speed gearbox 

Sharing the 24YM Africa Twin engine updates, performance is much stronger in terms of mid-range power and torque, as the dyno curves demonstrate. The 1,084cc, 8-valve parallel-twin engine continues to produce 75kW @ 7,500rpm with peak torque of 112Nm @ 5,500rpm, up from 105Nm @ 6,250rpm. Bore remains 92mm with 81.5mm stroke; compression ratio is now 10.5:1 (from 10.1:1).

Throttle By Wire (TBW) provides engine management and PGM-FI feeds the throttle bodies. Throttle control – therefore drivability – has been optimised and made more linear through reduced torque fluctuation in the lower gears.

The airbox intake ducts go from 25mm diameter to 33mm, to draw in more air, while the two internal trumpets that feed air from the airbox are both an extra 65mm longer. 46mm throttle bodies feed the inlet ports, and the bore and cylinder pitches are aligned to create a smooth air intake profile. There are new ECU settings and the injector angles deliver a direct spray into the twin-spark combustion chambers.

Immediately noticeable, the new engine sound is accompanied by smooth, powerful acceleration; perfect for the wide-ranging duties the NT1100 is built for.

Honda’s SOHC Unicam valve train and the low-set position of the cast camshaft contribute to the compact nature of the cylinder head and entire engine package; inlet valves are 10.1mm in diameter, exhaust valves 9.3mm. 

Aluminium cylinder sleeves keep weight low while the 270° phased crankshaft and uneven firing interval create the engine’s signature ‘throb’. The crankshaft has been redesigned, as have the con-rods, which now feature a revised curve radius, increasing from 70 to 75R, and re-shaped and strengthened bottom end design. The pistons too are now 400 micron (0.4mm) longer with revised crowns to help boost the compression ratio.

The crankcases are split horizontally; the water pump is housed efficiently within the clutch casing with a thermostat integrated into the cylinder head. Manual and DCT versions of the engine share common crankcases with only minor external differences; the water and oil pumps are both driven by the engine’s balancer shafts.

At the bottom end is a semi-dry sump with in-tank lower crankcase oil storage. This allows a lower pan depth to keep overall engine height low. As the pressure-fed pump is located within the tank where it delivers its oil from, there is no need for a pressure-feed passage. Secondary vibrations are neutralised by the mutually reciprocating motion of the pistons, while primary inertial and coupling vibrations are cancelled by use of biaxial balance shafts. The aluminium clutch centre and pressure plate use ‘assist’ cams to ease upshifts and ‘slipper’ cams for deceleration and downshifting.

For 25YM the catalytic system has been revised to deal with the increased output. A crank pulsar – with relator teeth spaced at 10° intervals – manages misfire detection, important for OBD2/EURO5+ compliance. An additional O2 sensor, positioned at the rear of the convertor, gives more accurate emissions measurement read outs.

3.2 Engine Electronics 

  • Six-axis Inertial Measurement Unit (IMU) now in control of all ride systems
  • Three default riding modes to choose from, plus two customisable modes
  • Three level Honda Selectable Torque Control with integrated Wheelie Control

Throttle By Wire (TBW) management and a six-axis Inertial Measurement Unit (IMU) are at the heart of the NT1100’s new electronic package. There are three pre-set riding modes for the rider to choose from, covering a wide variety of riding conditions and three levels of management for Power and Engine Braking, with level one delivering the maximum of either parameter. Mode selection is managed from the left-hand switchgear.

  • URBAN is standard and offers an all-round middle setting of engine Power and Engine braking.
  • RAIN reduces engine power and engine braking for extra reassurance on wet or slippery surfaces.
  • TOUR gives full engine power and standard engine braking, for strong acceleration while carrying a pillion and luggage.
  • USER 1 and USER 2 modes offer the ability to customise between all the settings for the preferred combination. Once set, the USER setting is automatically stored so there’s no need to re-set each time the ignition is turned on.

There are also three levels of Honda Selectable Torque Control (HSTC) with integrated Wheelie Control – each level’s amount of intervention is optimised to work with real-time input (yaw/roll angle and rate) from the IMU. Level three provides the highest intervention. An indicator in the instrument display activates when HSTC is working; it can also be turned off completely.

3.3 Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT)

  • DCT now linked to IMU control
  • Shifting schedule optimised for cornering to utilise engine’s extra torque
  • Smoother low-speed response and feel
  • DCT offers choice of Automatic (AT) or Manual Transmission (MT)
  • Three-level S mode for wide-ranging sporty AT shifting performance

Honda has sold over 240,000 DCT-equipped motorcycles across Europe since the system first appeared as an option on the VFR1200F in 2010. Testament to its acceptance in the marketplace, since the NT1100’s introduction, 66% of customer have chosen the DCT option over the manual.

The system delivers consistent, seamless gear changes and very quickly becomes second nature in use. It uses two clutches: one for start-up and 1st, 3rd and 5th gears, the other for 2nd, 4th and 6th, with the mainshaft for each clutch located inside the other for compact packaging. Each clutch is independently controlled by its own electro-hydraulic circuit.

For the 25YM update two DCT upgrades were the target for Honda’s development engineers. First, smoother starting from standstill and control at low speed – under 10km/h – for U-turns etc. This requires a ‘quick yet gentle’ driving force at small throttle openings.

Surpassing the operating parameters of the previous generation DCT the new technology electronically estimates the oil pressure of the clutch piston chamber and completely reviews the way feedback gain is applied – rather than just relying on an oil pressure sensor upstream of the clutch piston – resulting in improved, more delicate clutch response.

Secondly, with a shift schedule specific to the NT1100, and to use the engine’s stronger mid-range torque and IMU cornering detection, DCT now holds onto gears for longer while braking before downshifting to make smooth use of the drive. Similarly upshift timing has been improved to match the engine’s character.

Consistent, fast and seamless gear changes are always on offer. Furthermore, as the twin clutches transfer drive from one gear to the next with minimal interruption of the drive to the rear wheel, any gear change shock and pitching of the machine is minimised, making the change feel direct as well as smooth. Extra benefits include durability (as the gears cannot be damaged by missing a gear) impossibility of stalling, low stress urban riding, reduced rider fatigue and – crucially – the ability to concentrate more on riding lines, braking and acceleration points. 

The DCT system offers two distinct riding approaches – Automatic Transmission (AT), with pre-programmed shift patterns which constantly read vehicle speed, current gear and engine rpm to decide when a shift should occur, and Manual Transmission (MT), for gear changes using the paddle-shift style triggers on the left handlebar.

There are two settings within AT to choose from; D mode offers effortless riding and maximum fuel efficiency. S mode serves up 3 levels of sports-based shifting. Level 1 is the most modest, changing gears in the medium rpm range. Level 3 is the most aggressive and programmes shifts at higher rpm while Level 2 is the intermediate point between the two.

3.4 Styling & Equipment

  • Crisper, more aggressive fairing style, redesigned five-way adjustable screen that can be operated one-handed, and longer mudguard offer increased weather protection
  • LED projector headlights now feature DRL indicators
  • Larger capacity panniers accept a full-face helmet each side
  • Heated grips, plus centre stand, USB and ACC socket all standard equipment as well as 6.5-inch TFT screen with full smartphone connectivity

The NT1100 was designed from the outset as a sporting, agile bike but one that’s also enjoyable to ride all day with efficient, protective aerodynamics and easy-going ergonomics all centred around rider (and pillion) comfort. The 25YM builds on these attributes; its development centred around even higher levels of comfort and practicality.

As before, this motorcycle’s form is also about function – with the aim of elevating the quality of the riding experience. But immediately noticeable when compared to the outgoing design the solid, three-dimensional upper fairing (now partially constructed from bio-degradable Durabio) without the need to mount indicators has been recut with much more aggressive – and tightly wrapped – angles to both sides and ‘face’, matched by a svelte tail section. As before, this motorcycle’s form is also about function – aimed to elevate the quality of the riding experience.

The twin headlights comprise LED projectors, which incorporate Daytime Running Lights (DRLs) and subtle integrated indicators. Contrasting high/low beams express an intriguing ‘hidden eye’. All other lighting is LED. Fitted as standard, upper and lower deflectors provide wind and weather protection around arms and lower body.

The screen has been completely redesigned; riders can now raise or lower it one handed while seated on the bike. It offers five-stage adjustment for height and angle through a total of 167mm between the high and low positions. Set low, it sends air around the shoulders; set high it moves air over the rider’s helmet.

To protect both bike and rider from mud and water, the mudguard is now 150mm longer at the rear thanks to a new splash guard extension covering the rear of the tyre. The rider integrates into the machine neatly, enveloped by the protection offered by the new, reprofiled fairing.

A wide, thick seat, with optimised cushion density for comfort, offers a luxurious expanse for two; the sitting area towards the rear of the rider’s seat has been increased 20% without reducing ground reach. Seat height remains 820mm and, as before, a large grabrail for the passenger extends from the rear rack.

The exhaust muffler is set low to maximise pannier volume. And it’s the standard-fit, detachable panniers that are one of the NT1100’s key features. For 25YM volume has been expanded with 25mm deeper lid space (meaning the new panniers will fit the previous design). Pannier volume is now 37L left and 36L right (from 33L/32L) and both panniers will hold a full-face helmet.

Bright and easy to read, the 6.5-inch TFT touch screen offers three choices of screen display; GOLD shows all numeric and mode information. SILVER centres on the speedometer and rev-counter, BRONZE on the rev-counter. The background colour can be set to black or white. Apple CarPlay®, Android Auto® and Bluetooth connectivity allows access to smartphone functions via the TFT display.

A high quality, weight-saving addition is use of a SKYRICH HJ13L lithium-ion battery. Contributing to mass centralisation it’s 2.5kg lighter than the previous design. The premium specification is rounded out by self-cancelling indicators and Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) technology; practicality is furthered through the application of 12v and USB sockets, and a useful centre stand arrangement.

3.5 Chassis

  • New six-axis IMU control now standard; Cornering ABS provides sure-footed braking alongside Rear Lift Control
  • New option of Showa Electronically Equipped Ride Adjustment (Showa-EERA) suspension or standard Showa 43mm inverted front forks and rear shock
  • Steel semi-double cradle frame and bolt-on aluminium subframe
  • Dual 310mm front discs and 4-piston radial-mount callipers

At the very heart of the NT1100’s newly elevated handling performance (both variants) is a six-axis Inertial Measurement Unit (IMU) tucked away at the centre of the machine that measures – in real-time – roll angle/rate, pitch angle/rate and yaw angle/rate. It works through the TBW system to aid the management of rear wheel traction via Honda Selectable Torque Control (HSTC), and front wheel lift through Wheelie Control.

Cornering ABS is another addition, as is Rear Lift Control. The IMU takes in lean angle, deceleration (from front/rear wheel speed sensors) and incorporates the slip rate of the front and rear wheels to manage braking pressure through the ABS; likewise if it detects sudden rear wheel lift, it finely controls brake force to maintain stability.

Also new for 25YM is the option of Showa Electronically Equipped Ride Adjustment (Showa-EERA™) suspension on the NT1100 Electronic Suspension. Proven on the Africa Twin Adventure Sports (and now also available on the Africa Twin) and with settings specifically developed for the NT1100, the system automatically provides optimum damping force relative to the stroke speed. It works by adjusting the damping level based on information from three sources: bike speed (from the ECU), the bike’s stance and attitude (from the Inertial Measurement Unit) and the fork behaviour (from the stroke sensor).

The Suspension Control Unit adjusts suspension behaviour within a mere 15 milliseconds (0.015 seconds) of these calculations being made. The system’s flexibility means that damping adjustment can be programmed to change as the vehicle speed changes – allowing firmer damping at higher speeds, for example. 

In practical terms, the Showa-EERA™ means the rider can select all-round urban ride comfort, high speed touring stability or precise response in the rain at the touch of the meter. Showa-EERA™ also reduces excessive dive under hard braking.

Three pre-defined suspension modes are available:

  • URBAN is the equivalent of the standard Showa suspension setup, for agile handling in a wide range of situations.
  • TOUR delivers maximum braking and turning stability and the firmest damping for high speeds and two-up, fully laden touring.
  • RAIN softens damping reaction to smooth and slow suspension response in wet conditions.
  • USER allows a personal choice of damping and preload settings.

Showa-EERA™ also offers the rider the ability to adjust spring preload finely, through 24 steps, at the rear while on the move. The standard Showa setup is also available; The 43mm Showa cartridge-type inverted front forks feature 150mm travel and are preload adjustable. Like the forks, the single-tube pressurised Showa rear shock offers 150mm axle travel; it uses a 14mm diameter rod. To make carrying a pillion and/or luggage easier, spring preload adjusts hydraulically, and remotely.

The wheels are aluminium, fine diecast with a sand core allowing a hollow hub centre for the front. An intersecting spoke design (with the spokes attaching to the rim diagonally) offers several benefits: it smooths road vibration in a straight line and offers high rigidity for cornering. Tyres are sized 120/70-17 front and 180/55-17 rear.

Wheelbase is set at 1535mm, with rake and trail of 26.5°/108mm and 175mm ground clearance. Kerb weight for the NT1100 with manual transmission is 238kg, 248kg with DCT. The Electronic Suspension options gains a further 1kg.

Dual 310mm front discs are squeezed by lightweight, 4-piston radial-mount callipers. The rear 256mm disc uses a mono-piston calliper.

4. Accessories

There are a range of accessories tailor made ready for the NT1100, including a quick shifter with autoblipper function, aluminium cosmetic panels for the luggage and a brand new decorative sticker set available in two colours. To make it easy for an owner to get their NT1100 the way they want it, two packs are also available (all items can also be purchased separately)

The Urban Pack has been developed to enhance the NT1100’s commuting abilities:

  • Colour matching 50L Top Box with Inner Bag and Back Pad
  • Alarm

The Voyage Pack builds on this further, designed to make the most of longer hauls and features:

  • Colour matching 50L Top Box with Inner Bag and Back Pad
  • 4.5L Tank Bag
  • Rider/Pillion Comfort Seats
  • Comfort Pillion Footpegs
  • Fog Lights

5. Technical specifications

 

NT1100 25YM

NT1100 DCT 25YM

NT1100 DCT Electronic Suspension 25YM

ENGINE

Engine Type

Liquid cooled Four-Stroke, Eight Valve, Parallel Twin with 270° crank and uni cam

Engine Displacement

1,084 cc

Bore x Stroke (mm)

92 mm x 81.5 mm

Compression Ratio

10.5

Max. Power Output

75.0 kW at 7,500 rpm

Max. Torque

112 Nm at 5,500 rpm

Noise Level (dB)

max. 94dB

max. 95dB

Max Speed

200 km/h

Oil Capacity

4.8 L

5.2 L

Starter

E-Starter

FUEL SYSTEM

Carburation

PGM-FI Fuel Injection

Fuel Tank Capacity

20.4 L

CO2 Emissions WMTC

116 g/km

Fuel Consumption

5,0 L/100km

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Battery Type

Lithium-Ion

Battery Capacity

12 V 6.0 Ah

DRIVETRAIN

Clutch Type

Wet Multiplate Clutch

2x Wet Multiplate Clutch

Transmission Type

6-speed Manual Transmission

6-speed  Dual Clutch Transmission

Final Drive

Chain

FRAME

Frame Type

Semi – Double Cradle (Steel) Frame

CHASSIS

Dimensions (L'W'H)

2,240 mm x 860 mm x 1,340 mm

Wheelbase

1,535 mm

Caster Angle

26.5°

Trail

108 mm

Seat Height

820 mm

Ground Clearance

175 mm

Kerb Weight

238 kg +12 kg Panniers

248 kg +12 kg Panniers

249 kg +12 kg Panniers

SUSPENSION

Suspension Front

SHOWA 43 mm SFF-BP type inverted telescopic fork with dial-style preload adjust, 150 mm stroke.

SHOWA 43 mm SFF-BP type inverted telescopic fork with dial-style preload adjust, 150 mm stroke.

SHOWA Telescopic inverted fork with an inner tube diameter of 43 mm, and an Electric controlled unit (SHOWA EERA) with compression and rebound dumping adjustments, 150 mm stroke

Suspension Rear

Monoblock aluminium swing arm with Pro-Link with SHOWA gas charged damper, hydraulic dial-style preload adjuster, 150 mm travel.

Monoblock aluminium swing arm with Pro-Link with SHOWA gas charged damper, hydraulic dial-style preload adjuster, 150 mm travel.

Monoblock aluminium swing arm with Pro-Link with SHOWA gas charged damper, hydraulic remote control preload adjuster and electronic control unit (SHOWA EERA) with compression and rebound damping adjustments 150 mm rear wheel travel

WHEELS

Wheels Front

17M/C X MT3.50 Multi-spoke cast aluminium

Wheels Rear

17M/C X MT5.50 Multi-spoke cast aluminium

Tyres Front

120/70ZR17 M/C (58W)

Tyres Rear

180/55ZR17 M/C (73W)

BRAKES

ABS Type

2-channel IMU based cornering ABS

Brakes Front

Radial mounted four-piston brake calliper, 310 mm floating double disc

Brakes Rear

Single piston calliper, 256 mm single disc

INSTRUMENTS & ELECTRICS

Instruments

6.5-inch TFT Touch Panel Multi information display & LCD meter

Headlight

LED

DRL

Yes

Taillight

LED

Connectivity

Apple Car Play & Android Auto

USB

USB-A

12V Socket

Yes

Auto Winker Cancel

Yes

Quick Shifter

Optional

Security System

HISS

Cruise Control

Yes

Riding mode

Tour, Urban, Rain, User 1 and User 2

HSTC with integrated Wheelie Control

3 Level + OFF

Rear lift control

Yes

Additional Features

Screen adjustable (167 mm adjustable range)

 

All specifications are provisional and subject to change without notice.

# Please note that the figures provided are results obtained by Honda under standardised testing conditions prescribed by WMTC. Tests are conducted on a rolling road using a standard version of the vehicle with only one rider and no additional optional equipment. Actual fuel consumption may vary depending on how you ride, how you maintain your vehicle, weather, road conditions, tire pressure, installation of accessories, cargo, rider and passenger weight, and other factors.

CB650R

Look at our great offers and see how easy it is to take a Honda home.

9.9% APR REPRESENTATIVE**

From £109 a month over 3 years*

Payment options:
For your finance options, take a look here.


Representative Examples

Personal Contract Purchase (PCP) Representative Example

24YM CB650R (PCP)

On The Road (OTR) Price* £7,829.00
Customer Deposit £1,415.35
Total Amount Of Credit £6,413.65
Total Charge For Credit £1,537.00
Duration 37 Months
36 Regular Monthly Payments £109.00
Optional Final Payment £4,016.67
Optional Final Payment inc Option To Purchase Fee £4,026.67
Total Amount Payable £9,366.00
APR Representative** 9.9%
Option To Purchase Fee £10.00
Annual Contracted Mileage 4,000
Excess Mileage Charge Per Mile £0.05
Annual Rate Of Interest (Fixed) 9.42%

24YM CB650R E-Clutch (PCP)

On The Road (OTR) Price* £7,929.00
Customer Deposit £1,143.25
Total Amount Of Credit £6,785.75
Total Charge For Credit £1,604.95
Duration 37 Months
36 Regular Monthly Payments £119.00
Optional Final Payment £4,096.76
Optional Final Payment inc Option To Purchase Fee £4,106.76
Total Amount Payable £9,533.95
APR Representative** 9.9%
Option To Purchase Fee £10.00
Annual Contracted Mileage 4,000
Excess Mileage Charge Per Mile £0.04
Annual Rate Of Interest (Fixed) 9.43%

Hire Purchase (HP) Representative Example

24YM CB650R (HP)

On The Road (OTR) Price* £7,829.00
Customer Deposit £2,231.58
Total Amount Of Credit £5,597.42
Total Charge For Credit £856.67
Duration 36 Months
36 Regular Monthly Payments £179.00
Total Amount Payable £8,685.67
APR Representative** 9.9%
Option To Purchase Fee £10.00
Annual Rate Of Interest (Fixed) 9.39%

24YM CB650R E-Clutch (HP)

On The Road (OTR) Price* £7,929.00
Customer Deposit £2,331.74
Total Amount Of Credit £5,597.26
Total Charge For Credit £856.68
Duration 36 Months
36 Regular Monthly Payments £179.00
Total Amount Payable £8,785.68
APR Representative** 9.9%
Option To Purchase Fee £10.00
Annual Rate Of Interest (Fixed) 9.39%

Terms and Conditions

New retail CB650R 24YM (all variants) ordered with Honda and finance approved by Honda Finance Europe from 01 December 2024 to 31 March 2025 and Registered by 31 March 2025.

*OTR may be subject to change due to actual or unexpected changes in tariffs, duties taxes or other costs which may affect importation or other costs of supply. Subject to model and colour availability.

Offers applicable at participating dealers and are at the promoter's absolute discretion (excluding Channel Islands). 

**9.9% APR representative Honda Personal Contract Purchase (PCP): Maximum customer deposit 30%. At the end of the agreement, there are three options: i) Retain: Pay the optional final payment to own the vehicle, ii) Return: Return the vehicle, or iii) Renew: Part exchange your Honda for a new one. You do not have to pay the Final Payment if you return the car at the end of the agreement and you have paid all other amounts due, the vehicle is in good condition and has been serviced in accordance with the Honda service book and the maximum annual mileage has not been exceeded. Excess mileage charge includes VAT at current rate.

**9.9% APR representative Honda Hire Purchase (HP): At the end of the agreement, once the option to purchase fee [if applicable] has been paid you will own the vehicle outright, you could then choose to part exchange your Honda for a new one.  

Indemnities may be required in certain circumstances. Finance is only available to persons aged 18 or over, subject to status. All figures are correct at time of publication but may be subject to change. Honda Franchise Dealers are credit brokers, not lenders. As the dealer offers products from a limited number of carefully selected finance providers, they are not independent financial advisors. We may or may not make a payment and / or reward to the dealer if you enter into an agreement with us. Credit provided by Honda Finance Europe Plc. Honda Financial Services is a trading name of Honda Finance Europe Plc. Cain Road, Bracknell, Berkshire RG12 1HL a company registered at Companies House No 03289418. Honda Finance Europe plc is authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority, Financial Services Register number 312541.

CB650R 2024

CB650R 2024 From £7,829.00

£7,829.00

New Era. New Ride. New Fireblade.

This is why we race. Why we’ve always raced, and it is feedback from HRC and our riders that’s produced the new CBR1000RR-R Fireblade SP and the Carbon Limited Edition.

Now, with our special FIREBLADE Package, we're giving you more with a track day experience, tickets to the British Superbikes Championship, and an exclusive accessories pack, which includes a key box, paddock stand, and a motorcycle mat.

Plus, you will get a 1 year subscription to Datatool to ensure your pride and joy is safe and secure.

Included with your special FIREBLADE Package:

Honda Motorcycle Mat****

Create an exclusive place for your new Fireblade in your garage with a Fireblade branded motorcycle floor mat. These mats also protect the floor from dirt and stains when carrying out regular maintenance tasks.

Track Day Experience with the BSB Team**

You will get to ride your brand new 2024 Fireblade on track at one of our exclusive Fireblade events. Watch the Honda Race Team's practice sessions and explore behind the scenes. Meet and greet with the Honda Race Team and engage with industry experts and technicians. 

2 x British Superbike Championship Tickets***

Get 2 tickets to a round of your choice at this year's British Superbike Championship. See the team compete in the main Superbike races, as well as the many other teams running the Fireblade in the Superstock Championship.

Honda Fireblade Branded Key Box****

Your brand new Honda Smart Key fob will be presented in a premium stylish box that befits the quality and craftmanship of your new 2024 CBR1000RR-R Fireblade SP.

Honda Paddock Stand****

Protect and store your new Fireblade in style with this paddock stand. Durable steel construction, heavy duty fasteners and oversized base with large wheels for increased stability, combine to make a dream piece of workshop equipment.

Terms and Conditions

New retail CB1000RR-R SP 24YM (all variants) ordered with Honda and finance approved by Honda Finance Europe from 01 December 2024 to 31 March 2025 and registered by 31 March 2025.

*OTR may be subject to change due to actual or unexpected changes in tariffs, duties taxes or other costs which may affect importation or other costs of supply. Subject to model and colour availability.

**Track Experience dates are to be confirmed for 2025. Track experience days are subject to change without notice. Offer cannot be transferred or exchanged for alternative items. Purchases that occur on or after 29/08/2024 will be valid for the 2025 Fireblade Event, which will be communicated to separately.

***BSB tickets can be redeemed on the following events: Thruxton, Cadwell Park , Oulton Park, Donnington Park, Brands Hatch 2025 dates to be confirmed. Tickets are subject to availability and issued on a first come first served basis. Available days are subject to change without notice. Purchases after 07/09/2024 will be valid for the 2025 BSB Tickets that will be communicated when the schedule becomes available.

*****Key Box, Paddock Stand, Motorcycle Mats are subject to availability. If dealerships do not hold the required stock at the time of purchase, Honda will endeavour to supply stock as soon as possible.

Subject To Status. Over 18s only.

Offers applicable at participating dealers and are at the promoter's absolute discretion (excluding Channel Islands). 

**9.9% APR Representative Personal Contract Purchase (PCP)  Representative example based on 3 years 9.9% PCP. Excess mileage rate applies. Final payment includes £10 option to purchase fee. Maximum customer deposit 30%. At the end of the agreement, there are three options: i) Retain: Pay the optional final payment to own the vehicle, ii) Return: Return the vehicle, or iii) Renew: Part exchange your Honda for a new one. You do not have to pay the Final Payment if you return the bike at the end of the agreement and you have paid all other amounts due, the bike is in good condition and has been serviced in accordance with the Honda service book and the maximum annual mileage has not been exceeded. Excess mileage charge includes VAT at current rate.

**9.9% APR Representative Honda Hire Purchase (HP) Representative Example based on 3 years 9.9% HP; £10 option to purchase fee applies. Honda Hire Purchase (HP): At the end of the agreement, once the option to purchase fee [if applicable] has been paid you will own the vehicle outright, you could then choose to part exchange your Honda for a new one.  

Indemnities may be required in certain circumstances. Finance is only available to persons aged 18 or over, subject to status. All figures are correct at time of publication but may be subject to change. Honda Franchise Dealers are credit brokers, not lenders. As the dealer offers products from a limited number of carefully selected finance providers, they are not independent financial advisors. We may or may not make a payment and / or reward to the dealer if you enter into an agreement with us. Credit provided by Honda Finance Europe Plc. Honda Financial Services is a trading name of Honda Finance Europe Plc. Cain Road, Bracknell, Berkshire RG12 1HL a company registered at Companies House No 03289418. Honda Finance Europe plc is authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority, Financial Services Register number 312541.

CBR1000RR-R Fireblade SP Carbon Edition

CBR1000RR-R Fireblade SP Carbon Edition From £26,749.00

£26,749.00

CBR1000RR-R Fireblade SP 2024

CBR1000RR-R Fireblade SP 2024 From £23,499.00

£23,499.00

Edgy redesign, increased practicality and elevated comfort for Honda’s one-of-a-kind X-ADV

  • New front fairing with crisp lines and multiple sharp angles bring a new look to the X-ADV for 25YM
  • Re-style incorporates twin LED headlights that feature new Daytime Running Lights and integrated indicators
  • Extensive equipment includes new standard-fit cruise control, refined Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT) and revised five-inch TFT display operated through new four-way back-lit switchgear
  • Further comfort and practicality upgrades in the form of revised new screen and thicker seat, reshaped for easier ground reach
  • Increased application of sustainable and recycled materials across fairings and other components
  • Range of striking new colour options amplify the style and quality of the 25YM redesign

Since its introduction for 2017, Honda’s X-ADV has captured the essence of two-wheeled freedom in a unique package, building a loyal following across Europe thanks to its innovative mix of adventure bike ability and big-scooter usefulness and practicality.

The latest steps forward begin with the bodywork, which has been redesigned to introduce a razor-edged, more aggressive look to the front of the X-ADV, thanks to new fairings with multiple sharp angles and defined creases that create an almost origami-like aspect to the 25YM. The premium frontal light signature is also reinforced by redesigned dual LED headlights that now feature highly effective Daytime Running Lights (DRL) which, in a world’s first for motorcycles, also subtly integrate the X-ADV’s indicators.

The 25YM X-ADV packs an even richer specification aimed at elevating practicality and comfort, starting with a revised five-inch full colour TFT screen with newly designed graphics, menus and functionality operated through a new back-lit four-way switch. The TFT has been designed for optimum readability on bright days and also features Honda RoadSync connectivity, allowing seamless integration with users’ smartphones. Cruise control is another useful 25YM addition for longer highway journeys; further practicality and comfort upgrades come in the form of a thicker seat – reshaped for easier ground reach – and a revised windscreen with easier adjustability.

Fittingly for a vehicle as innovative as the X-ADV, the 25YM has 25 pieces of bodywork made from sustainable materials such as recycled plastics and biomass plastics – an extensive use of such materials unprecedented on any previous Honda motorcycle. This use of sustainable Durabio™ and other recycled plastics and rubber materials for the bodywork is part of Honda’s long-term aim to achieve “100% sustainable material usage” by 2050.  

  • Recycled materials from Honda automobile bumpers are used for the luggage box and seat bottom for the first time
  • Pre-consumed recycled polypropylene material is used for several covers and panels throughout the bike
  • The biomass plastic “DURABIO™” is used on the side skirt covers and windscreen
  • This world's first use of biomass plastic DURABIO™  in motorcycle bodywork has the added benefit of avoiding the CO2 emissions associated with the conventional painting process

As before, the parallel twin-cylinder engine blends strong low-to mid-range performance with easy manners and excellent fuel efficiency; peak power remains set at 43.1kW with an impressive 69Nm of torque, all whilst offering efficiency up to 3.6L/100km. For 25YM, Honda engineers have further refined the Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT), to offer smoother pull away from standstill, and increased control at speeds under 10km/h, greatly increasing the X-ADV’s abilities in and around urban environments.

Underpinning all of this is a tough tubular steel frame chassis, which utilizes 41mm USD front forks, and a rear Pro-Link mono-shock mounted to an aluminium swingarm. The bike sits on spoked 17-inch front and 15-inch rear wheels, whilst braking is provided through dual, radial-mount four-piston calipers grabbing a floating 296mm disc up front, with a mono-piston caliper and 240mm single disc at the rear.

The 25YM refresh will also see a new palette of colours available, with the X-ADV offered in three new colours: Graphite Black, Pearl Glare White and Matte Deep Mud Gray.

25YM Honda X-ADV 

Model updates: The ground-breaking X-ADV uniquely mixes adventure bike ability and big-scooter usefulness and practicality. Updated for 25YM, it receives a styling refresh with twin LED headlights that feature new Daytime Running Lights with (in a world’s first for motorcycles) integrated indicators, plus new standard-fit cruise control, and a Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT) upgrade for smoother low-speed handling. Reflecting Honda’s long-term environmental targets, and alongside use of other recycled materials around the bodywork, biomass plastic DurabioTM is used for some fairing parts. Also constructed from DurabioTM, the windscreen now adjusts easily with a single left hand through three stages. The X-ADV’s rich specification includes Throttle By Wire (TBW) management, four default riding modes with pre-set combinations of settings for Power, Engine Braking and Honda Selectable Torque Control refined for the model update. The seat base features an extra 10% urethane foam for greater comfort, a new shape for easier ground reach and a smoother opening and closing action. The 22L seat storage compartment includes a USB-C socket, and a glovebox adds further convenience. A revised five-inch TFT display allows smartphone connectivity via Honda RoadSync through an intuitive – and backlit – four-way toggle switch on the left handlebar. Three new 25YM paint options guarantee that the X-ADV will continue to turn heads across Europe.

Contents: 

  1. Introduction
  2. Model overview
  3. Key features
  4. Accessories
  5. Technical specifications 

1. Introduction 

It’s not often in the world of motorcycling that a fresh line of thinking emerges to create a new breed of machine. But Honda specialises in innovation and for 17YM unveiled a completely new concept, straight out of left field – the X-ADV.

The thought processes that led to its birth? Consider the attributes of the average adventure-style motorcycle – tough ‘go-anywhere’ appeal, an upright riding position giving superb visibility and remarkable all-round usefulness, work or play. Then look at the typical commuter: it might be a scooter or motorcycle, but in either case it will be easy to manage, nimble and loaded with convenience, efficiency and useful storage space. Honda’s forward-thinking engineers combined the two together, and something special happened.

The machine they created had a rugged, stylish SUV image fully at home navigating the urban sprawl. And while it was loaded with all the premium features that enable easy life in the big city, it also had the looks, engine power and chassis ability to inject every ride with the promise of adventure.

The X-ADV captured the essence of two-wheeled freedom in an exciting new form and garnered the attention of an army of riders around Europe, eager for something new, and has proved itself a genuine sales success.

And it has not stood still. In 21YM Honda upped the X-ADV’s engine performance, trimmed weight, enhanced looks and added even more usefulness. In 2023 the X-ADV was Honda’s second best-selling motorcycle in Europe, and since its introduction to the line-up, over 76,000 have been sold across the continent.

For 25YM the X-ADV receives updates to style, tech and all-round usability with three all-new paint options . It also incorporates the use of recycled materials to an extent not seen on any previous Honda model, continuing its charge as an innovative two-wheeled pathfinder.

2. Model Overview 

Long standing apart from the crowd, the X-ADV has always cut a unique shape. For the 25YM refresh, the bodywork has been redesigned to introduce an even sharper, more aggressive look with a premium frontal light signature. Redesigned dual LED headlights feature highly visible Daytime Running Lights (DRL) which, in a world’s first for motorcycles, also subtly integrate the bike’s indicators. For easier ground reach the seat has been carefully re-shaped; thicker urethane improves comfort. The under-seat storage has a 22L volume and houses a USB-C charging point; there’s also a useful glovebox. 

A new five-inch full colour TFT screen features newly designed images, colourways and menu structures. It has been designed for easy readability on bright days and features Honda RoadSync connectivity. Managed by a new, easy-to-use four-way lefthand backlit toggle switch, the rider can enjoy on-screen, turn-by-turn navigation in addition to other smartphone features. Cruise control is a useful 25YM addition for longer highway journeys and works exceptionally well with the DCT to provide a high-quality, less tiring ride when touring.

As before, the parallel twin-cylinder engine blends strong low-to mid-range performance with easy manners and excellent fuel efficiency. Peak power is set at 43.1kW with an impressive 69Nm of torque. Throttle By Wire (TBW) serves up four default rider modes with pre-set combinations of settings for Power, Engine Braking and Honda Selectable Torque Control plus a ‘customisable’ USER option. The 3-level Honda Selectable Torque Control (HSTC) features newly refined inputs for its Gravel and Rain settings. The Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT) has automatic shifting schedules that integrate with the riding modes, as well as the option to select the favourite shift pattern in the USER set-up; it has also been updated for smoother low-speed response.

A tough chassis is comprised of a tubular steel frame, 41mm USD front forks, rear monoshock (with Pro-Link) and aluminium swingarm. A 17-inch front wheel is matched to a 15-inch rear with dual, radial-mount four-piston calipers braking up front.

The 25YM X-ADV will be available in the following colour options:

  • **NEW** Graphite Black
  • **NEW** Pearl Glare White
  • **NEW** Matte Deep Mud Gray

 

3. Key Features

3.1 Styling & Equipment

  • Sharp, slim and aggressive styling update defined by new twin-LED projector headlights with DRLs and subtly integrated indicators
  • New full-colour five-inch TFT screen, with backlit switchgear and Honda RoadSync smartphone connectivity
  • Large 22L storage space houses an under-seat USB-C socket, with more space available from the glovebox 

The X-ADV’s head-turning styling – conceived and developed by Honda’s R&D team in Italy – evolved in 21YM to become slimmer and sharper, the silhouette tight and deliberately upright, each body-panel honed with strong intent. 

It moves on again for 25YM with an even more razor-edged look up front thanks to the new rugged-looking fairings with multiple sharp angles and defined creases that create an almost origami-like appearance. And, leading from the front, penetrating new dual LED projector headlights now feature Daytime Running Lights (DRLs) subtly integrating the indicators; Honda’s ‘hidden eye’ technique blacks out the area around projector lenses making the DRLs stand out. All other lighting is LED. In addition, Honda has adopted a sustainable Durabio and other recycled plastics and rubber materials used in the bodywork.

Honda has set “efficient use of resources” as part of its environmental targets and aims to achieve “100% sustainable material usage” by 2050. The 25YM X-ADV is the first Honda motorcycle model to actively use sustainable materials such as recycled plastics and biomass plastics that have a low environmental impact.

  • Recycled materials from Honda automobile bumpers are used for the luggage box and seat bottom for the first time
  • Pre-consumed recycled polypropylene material*[1] is used for several covers and panels throughout the bike
  • The biomass plastic “DURABIO™”*[2] is used on the side skirt covers and windscreen
  • This world's first*[3] use of biomass plastic DURABIO™  in motorcycle bodywork has the added benefit of avoiding the CO2 emissions associated with the conventional painting process

Ergonomically, the 820mm seat height (newly re-shaped for easy ground reach) and wide handlebar set at 940mm ensure a high eye point for riders for outstanding visibility. The seat base now features a 10% increase in the amount of urethane used to increase ride comfort, whilst a change in the layout of the seat damper has also improved the quality of the opening and closing motion of the unit. 

For commuting or touring, the X-ADV’s link-type screen easily adjusts without tools through five positions from to maximise or minimise airflow. Redesigned, with a revised internal structure and controls, the number of adjustment steps has been reduced and the process streamlined. The previous model required five steps of operation with both hands, but this new model allows height adjustment with three steps of operation with one hand, further improving operability. The total height difference is 139mm, with an 11° rake between the highest and lowest points.

Premium technology, in the form of a new, five-inch full colour TFT screen, uses optical bonding to improve visibility in bright sunlight. By sealing the gap between the cover glass and TFT screen with resin, glare is reduced, and visibility improved. The display itself is customisable between ‘Bar’, ‘Circle’ and ‘Simple’ display patterns and offers smartphone connectivity via the Honda RoadSync app.

Honda RoadSync allows straightforward, on-screen turn-by-turn navigation as well as the option (via a Bluetooth helmet headset) for the rider to make calls, listen to music or receive voice feedback of weather conditions. All an owner needs to do is download the free Honda RoadSync app from either the Play Store or the App Store, connect to the X-ADV, and go.

Tough plastic hand guards deflect wind and rain, while adding protection for hands and levers from stones when off-road. A shot-peened aluminium bash plate provides additional protection to the underside.

The new cruise control integrates with the DCT smoothly and is very easy to use; activation is from the right switchgear, with ‘plus’, ‘minus’ and ‘resume’ set from the left. The under-seat 22L luggage space can accommodate a full-face helmet and is lit with an integral LED, placed to deliver uniform illumination without glare. For added convenience, a USB-C charging socket is located at the rear of the compartment. A centre stand – with tilt sensor – is fitted as standard and allows the X-ADV to be parked on an incline without fear of toppling.

For added convenience the X-ADV uses a Smart Key, which lives in the rider’s pocket and does away with the need to use a key for ignition, fuel cap and seat. With the Smart Key present, one push of the knob-type main switch powers the bike up and makes it possible to turn, giving the rider control of the ignition/steering lock and, via two rocker switches, the fuel cap and seat. It also has an ‘answer back’ function, which makes the indicators flash for easy identification from a distance, and locks and unlocks the optional Smart Top Box. A clutch mechanism in the main switch stops the handlebars unlocking by force for added security.

The rear indicators also have a self-cancelling Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) function. If negative acceleration of 6.0m/s2 is detected at a minimum speed of 53km/h with either brake working, the hazard lights flash to warn other road users a hard stop is in process. At the same speed the threshold is reduced if ABS is activated to a negative acceleration of over 2.5m/s2.

The indicators also auto-cancel. Rather than using a simple timer, the system compares front and rear wheel speed difference and calculates when to cancel the indication relative to the situation.

3.2 Engine

  • Throttle By Wire control; peak power figure of 43.1kW with 69Nm torque
  • Economic engine is capable of achieving 3.6l/100km fuel efficiency
  • Restricted 35kW A2 compliant specification also available 

The design of the X-ADV’s liquid-cooled, SOHC eight-valve parallel twin-cylinder engine ensures punchy performance in the low-to-mid range. Mechanically unchanged for 25YM, its relatively long-stroke architecture and specially shaped combustion chambers combine with the high-inertial mass crankshaft to produce large amounts of effortless torque from very low rpm. A forward cant brings the centre of gravity down for optimum stability.

Peak power is set at 43.1kW @ 6,750rpm, with maximum torque of 69Nm @ 4,750rpm. From 30 km/h the X-ADV will cover 20m in 1.7s, 50m in 3.2s, while at 60km/h the torquey engine is turning at just 2,500rpm.

For A2 licence holders a 35kW version is available, which can be easily converted to the full power version by a Honda dealer at the appropriate time. Equally, it is possible to restrict the full power version to 35kW by a Honda dealer remapping the ECU.

Twin balancers counteract vibration from higher rpm inertia without affecting the distinct ‘throb’ delivered by the engine’s irregular firing order and 270° phased crankshaft. Bore and stroke is set at 77 x 80mm. Where possible components are made to do more than one job: the camshaft drives the water pump, while one of the balancer shafts drives the oil pump. By keeping the number of parts to a minimum in this way, the engine is kept light, efficient and reliable.

This means that the X-ADV engine sips fuel ­– with a measured consumption of 3.6L/100km (WMTC mode) – providing a potential range of over 360km from the 13.2-litre fuel tank. A revised catalyser and OBD2-2 sensor clean ensures emissions compliance.

3.3 Engine Electronics

  • Throttle By Wire delivers four default riding modes
  • USER customisation offers bespoke setup
  • Honda Selectable Torque Control (HSTC) features three levels of intervention and has been updated for smoother control

With TBW managing engine performance and character there are four modes for the rider to choose from, covering all riding conditions. There are four levels of Mode selection is managed by the left-hand switchgear.

  • STANDARD delivers a balanced middle point between engine power delivery (P), engine braking (EB), DCT shift response and HSTC intervention, with the strongest level of ABS intervention.
  • SPORT gives more aggressive P delivery and strong EB, with low HSTC intervention, ‘high’ ABS and sporty DCT performance.
  • RAIN transmits low P delivery and EB, high HSTC and ABS input with relaxed DCT schedule.
  • GRAVEL employs high P and EB with low HSTC, ABS and specific gravel DCT setting.
  • USER offers two custom options of low/medium/high between engine power delivery and engine braking and low/medium/high/off for HSTC. There are also five levels of DCT shift pattern to use.

HSTC offers refined control as it uses TBW to manage torque delivered to the rear wheel, with three levels of input. Levels 1 and 3 have been optimised for 25YM to deliver smoother management.

  • Level 1 allows the minimum intervention for some rear wheel spin – on gravel or dirt for instance, and its level of intervention is reduced from the previous design.
  • Level 2 is the default setting and provides confidence-inspiring traction for general riding conditions.
  • Level 3 provides maximum control for slippery roads.

HSTC can also be switched OFF.

3.4 Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT)

  • Improved starting/slow-speed response uses same clutch oil pressure estimation update as 24YM Africa Twin
  • Differing shifting schedules link with riding modes
  • USER mode allows choice of 5 settings, from smooth to aggressive

Honda’s DCT technology is now in its 17th year of production, and over 230,000 units of DCT-equipped Honda two-wheelers have been sold in Europe since 2010. It delivers consistent, seamless gear changes up or down and very quickly becomes second nature in use. It uses two clutches: one for start-up and 1st, 3rd and 5th, the other for 2nd, 4th and 6th, with the mainshaft for each clutch located inside the other for compact packaging.

The system delivers consistent, seamless gear changes and very quickly becomes second nature in use. Each clutch is independently controlled by its own electro-hydraulic circuit. When a gear change occurs, the system pre-selects the target gear using the clutch not currently in use. The first clutch is then electronically disengaged as, simultaneously, the second clutch engages.

For the 25YM X-ADV update smoother starting from standstill and control at low speed – under 10km/h – for U-turns were the targets. This requires a ‘quick yet gentle’ driving force at small throttle openings. 

Surpassing the operating parameters of the previous generation DCT the new technology applied now estimates the oil pressure of the clutch piston chamber and completely reviews the way feedback gain is applied – rather than just relying on an oil pressure sensor upstream of the clutch piston – resulting in improved, more delicate clutch response. Alongside the way TBW now opens from closed, DCT also features a dedicated setting for extremely low speed running.

Consistent, fast and seamless gear changes are always on offer. Furthermore, as the twin clutches transfer drive from one gear to the next with minimal interruption of the drive to the rear wheel, any gear change shock and pitching of the machine is negligible, making the change feel direct as well as smooth. Extra benefits include durability (as the gears cannot be damaged by missing a gear) impossibility of stalling, low stress urban riding, reduced rider fatigue and – crucially – the ability to concentrate more on riding lines, braking and acceleration points.

The DCT system offers two distinct riding approaches – Automatic Transmission (AT), with pre-programmed shift patterns which constantly read vehicle speed, gear selected and engine rpm to decide when a shift should occur, and Manual Transmission (MT), for gear changes using the paddle-shift style triggers on the left handlebar.

Through TBW control there are five Automatic shifting schedules available. Level 1 is the most relaxed, with upshifts and downshifts operating at relatively lower rpm; it is linked with the RAIN riding mode. Level 4, on the other extreme, shifts up at higher rpm and also downshifts earlier for more engine braking effect; it is linked with the SPORT mode. Level 2 is linked with STANDARD riding mode, with Level 3 situated between STANDARD and SPORT.

For the GRAVEL riding mode the X-ADV uses a relatively sporty shifting pattern; this has the added functionality of a decreased level of ‘slip’ as the clutches operate from a fully open or closed throttle – to give the rider more direct feel for traction at the rear wheel, and the ability to perform controlled sliding off road. 

The USER mode functionality allows the rider to select any of the DCT shift patterns with the preferred permutations of the other parameters – Power delivery, Engine Braking, ABS and HSTC.

3.5 Chassis

  • Lightweight tubular steel diamond frame 
  • 41mm cartridge-style USD fork and Pro-Link swingarm 
  • Radial mount four-piston front brake calipers, 296mm discs and ABS
  • 120/70 R17 and 160/60 R15 front and rear tyres

The X-ADV’s tubular steel diamond frame is light, strong and makes ample space for the under-seat compartment. Rake and trail are set at 27°/104mm with a wheelbase of 1590mm. A 39° steering angle (and turning radius of 2.8m) makes the X-ADV highly manoeuvrable in tight traffic. Long travel suspension –153.5mm up front and 150mm from the rear – is matched to 165mm of ground clearance to allow the X-ADV to conquer any surface. Overall wet weight is 237kg.

For handling rough terrain, the 41mm cartridge-type USD fork adjusts for spring preload and rebound damping. The spring preload adjustable rear shock is a single tube split pressure design and operates the aluminium swingarm – constructed from a machined-hollow cross member and U-shaped (in cross section) arms – through Pro-Link.

The 17-inch front wheel and 15-inch rear use stainless steel rust-resistant spokes and contribute to the X-ADV’s ability to comfortably soak up rough terrain. Block-pattern tyres add to the ride quality and L-shape valve stems make checking air pressure easy. Tyres are sized 120/70 R17 and 160/60 R15 front and rear.

Dual radial-mount opposed four-piston calipers bite 296mm discs and work through ABS.

4. Accessories

A full range of Genuine Honda Accessories are available for the X-ADV either individually or as part of five curated packs for convenience. These include:

  • Adventure Pack

Highlight the X-ADV’s off-road appearance with Front Fog Lights, Front Side Pipes, Black Knuckle Guard Extensions and Rider’s Footpegs.

  • Comfort Pack

A versatile collection designed to enhance rider comfort and convenience. The Comfort Pack includes the Comfort Seat with added cushion thickness, storage for essentials, Leg Deflectors and Heated Grips to keep you riding on colder days.

  • Style Pack

Elevates the premium feel by employing aluminium and stainless-steel parts such as Floor Panels, Parking Lever, Handlebar Holder, Parking Lever Cover and Lateral Covers.

  • Travel Pack

Increases carrying capacity for additional long-distance practicality with side Panniers (right 26L, left 33L), Pannier Inner Bags, decorated with Aluminium panels. 

  • Urban Pack 

Adds accessories that make the X-ADV such an excellent daily commuter, including a 50L Smart Top Box with a practical Inner Bag and decorated with an Aluminium Panel, a Top Box backrest and a Luggage Divider for the under-seat storage compartment.

Also available are:

  • 50L Manual Top Box
  • 38L Top Box
  • Alarm System

5. Technical Specifications

ENGINE

Type

Liquid-cooled four-stroke eight-valve SOHC parallel twin

Displacement

745 cc

Bore x Stroke (mm)

77 mm x 80 mm

Compression Ratio

10.7

Max. Power Output

43.1 kW at 6,750 rpm (35 kW at 6,000 rpm)

Max. Torque

69 Nm at 4,750 rpm

Noise Level (dB)

max. 87 dB

Max Speed

168 km/h

Oil Capacity

4 L

Starter

E-starter

FUEL SYSTEM

Carburation

PGM-FI fuel injection

Fuel Tank Capacity

13.2 L

CO2 Emissions (WMTC)

85 g/km

Fuel Consumption

3.6 L/100km

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Battery Type

AGM

Battery Capacity

12 V 11.6 Ah

DRIVE TRAIN

Clutch Type

2x wet multiplate clutch 

Transmission Type

6-speed  Dual Clutch Transmission

Final Drive

Chain

FRAME

Type

Diamond steel pipe frame

CHASSIS

Dimensions (L'W'H)

2,215 mm x 940 mm x 1370 mm

Wheelbase

1,590 mm

Caster Angle

27°

Trail

104 mm

Seat Height

820 mm

Ground Clearance

165 mm

Kerb Weight

237 kg

Turning radius

2.8 m

SUSPENSION

Suspension Front

41 mm SFF-CA USD, 153.5 mm stroke

Suspension Rear

Monoshock damper, Prolink swingarm, 150 mm travel

WHEELS

Front

17M/C X MT3.50 Spoke Wheel

Rear

15M/C X MT4.50 Spoke Wheel

Tyre Front

120/70R17 M/C (58H)

Tyre Rear

160/60R15 M/C (67H)

BRAKES

ABS Type

2-channel ABS

Front

Radial mounted four-piston brake caliper, 296 mm floating double disc

Rear

Single piston caliper, 240 mm single disc

INSTRUMENTS & ELECTRICS

Instruments

Five-inch TFT Panel Multi information display

Headlight

LED

DRL

Yes

Taillight

LED

Connectivity

RoadSync

USB

Type – C

Auto Winker Cancel

Yes

Security System

HISS

Cruise Control

Yes

Riding modes

Sport, Standard, Rain, Gravel and User Mode

HSTC

3 Level + OFF

Additional Features

Smart Key, Screen adjustable +139 mm

 

All specifications are provisional and subject to change without notice.

Please note that the figures provided are results obtained by Honda under standardised testing conditions prescribed by WMTC. Tests are conducted on a rolling road using a standard version of the vehicle with only one rider and no additional optional equipment. Actual fuel consumption may vary depending on how you ride, how you maintain your vehicle, weather, road conditions, tire pressure, installation of accessories, cargo, rider and passenger weight, and other factors.

Bold new graphics and colour options for 25YM Honda CRF1100L Africa Twin models

  • Updated and revised colour palette for 2025YM
  • Complimented by bolder, more prominent graphic sets
  • Adventure Sports variant gets unique colour options 
  • New aesthetic options help emphasise 2024YM redesign 
  • High-specification remains in place across all model variants

 The long-distance ready CRF1100L Africa Twin tours into 2025 with a range of all-new colours and updated graphics that emphasise the bike’s Superior Adventure styling concept.

It’s been almost four decades since the Honda XRV650 Africa Twin first rolled into Europe and while the motorcycle that now bears its name – first launched for 16YM as the CRF1000L Africa Twin – was a brand-new machine from the wheels up, it fully inherited the essence and spirit of what made the original so popular.

Mechanically unchanged for 25YM, the CRF1100L Africa Twin retains its core off-road abilities, with the look and feel of a slim rally machine. Its 1,084cc parallel twin cylinder engine produces peak torque of 112Nm with peak power of 75kW to offer exhilarating performance both on- and off-road.

Three chassis options are available: The CRF1100L Africa Twin, with standard Showa suspension, and the CRF1100L Africa Twin ES, which features Showa Electronically Equipped Ride Adjustment (Showa EERATM). Showa EERATM offers optimised damping in all riding conditions, as well as the ability to change rear spring preload on the move. The CRF1100L Africa Twin Adventure Sports variant utilises a 19” front wheel for impressive front grip, and better on-road stability.

The 25YM CRF1100L Africa Twin will be available in three paint options:

  • Grand Prix Red
  • Matt Ballistic Black Metallic 
  • Pearl Glare White with **NEW** Pearl Hawkseye Blue Metallic Tricolour (only available on the CRF1100L Africa Twin ES)

Whilst the 25YM CRF1100L Africa Twin Adventure Sports will be available in two paint options, both featuring bold new graphics, with the Pearl Glare White (Tricolour) paying homage to the iconic tricolour colour schemes of the XRV750 Africa Twin.

  • **NEW** Matt Iridium Gray Metallic
  • Pearl Glare White (Tricolour)

25YM Honda CRF1100L Africa Twin

Model updates:The CRF1100L Africa Twin, Honda’s hard-charging off-road adventurer, continues its quest for new horizons alongside the Africa Twin ES, with updated graphics and a new colour combination for 25YM.

The base bike is equipped with Showa coil spring suspension, while the ES offers Showa Electronically Equipped Ride Adjustment (Showa EERA™) damping control and rear spring preload adjustment as well as heated grips and ACC socket. Both models share the same upper fairing, seat unit and 5-way height adjustable screen, plus tubeless tyres. A full electronics package employs a six-axis Inertial Measurement Unit to manage riding modes and HSTC as well as Cornering ABS, Wheelie Control, Rear Lift Control, USB port and standard fit cruise control. Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT), including cornering detection functionality, remains a popular option. The full colour 6.5-inch TFT touchscreen incorporates Apple CarPlay®, Android Auto® and Bluetooth connectivity. Four tailor-made Genuine Honda Accessory Packs – Urban, Rally, Travel and Adventure – are ready to create the perfect traveling partner.

Contents: 

  1. Introduction
  2. Model overview
  3. Key features
  4. Accessories
  5. Technical specifications

1. Introduction  

It’s been well over three decades since the Honda XRV650 Africa Twin first rolled into Europe and while the motorcycle that now bears its name – launched for 16YM as the CRF1000L Africa Twin – was a brand-new machine from the wheels up, it fully inherited the essence and spirit of what made the original so popular. 

It was the balance between power and light weight that was at the heart of the original bike’s appeal, just as it was for the new model. With its unique, athletic appearance, an enjoyable, usable engine and capable, comfortable chassis, the CRF1000L Africa Twin proved itself a true modern-day all-rounder and has been hugely popular with round-the-world adventurers, around-town commuters and weekend tourers alike. 

18YM saw the Africa Twin, in both manual transmission and Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT) form, receive Throttle By Wire (TBW) control plus 3 riding modes, expanded Honda Selectable Torque Control (HSTC) options, and intake/exhaust development for improved engine response and sound. The platform also expanded: the Africa Twin Adventure Sports – with the same updates but featuring improved wind protection, greater tank range and longer-travel suspension – extended the machine even further into long-range territory.

For the 20YM, the introduction of a bigger capacity, longer stroke 1084cc engine marked another landmark in the evolution of the Africa Twin. The touring ability of the CRF1100L Africa Twin Adventure Sports* was further enhanced by adding the option of Showa Electronically Equipped Ride Adjustment (Showa EERA™) suspension.

At the same time the CRF1100L Africa Twin itself was comprehensively redrawn with an aggressive, compact rally style and even sharper off-road focus. Alongside the increase in power and torque from the engine, it was also significantly lighter – in keeping with the first principles set out all those years ago. 22YM saw the Africa Twin gain refined DCT settings for smoother handling in 1st and 2ndgears and standard fitment aluminium rear carrier.

24YM marked another major step forward in the model’s development with an Electronic Suspension (ES) choice, more torque from the engine, further DCT improvements and enhanced equipment levels. Mechanically unchanged for 25YM the Africa Twin continues to build its reputation as a benchmark big-bore on- and off-roader.

Since its reintroduction in 2016, the Africa Twin has been the 2nd most popular model in the 1000cc+ Adventure class, with over 104,000 units bearing the name ‘Africa Twin’ being sold across Europe. Hugely popular, it has always been in Honda’s top three selling models, being top seller in six of the eight calendar years from 2016 to 2023.

*See separate 25YM CRF1100L Africa Twin Adventure Sports Press Kit.

 

2. Model Overview 

The 25YM CRF1100L Africa Twin carries a strong focus on core off-road ability, with the look and feel of a slim rally machine. Its 1,084cc parallel twin cylinder engine produces peak torque of 112Nm with peak power of 75kW.

Two options are available: The CRF1100L Africa Twin, with standard Showa suspension, and the CRF1100L Africa Twin ES, which features Showa Electronically Equipped Ride Adjustment (Showa EERA™). Showa EERA™ offers optimised damping in all riding conditions, as well as the ability to change rear spring preload on the move. The CRF1100L Africa Twin ES also includes an ACC charging socket and heated grips as standard, just like its CRF1100L Africa Twin Adventure Sports sibling.

Both Africa Twin variants share a rugged steel frame, CRF450R-derived aluminium swingarm, chassis geometry, suspension travel and ground clearance. Tubeless tyres allow for easier repairs without the need to remove the wheel.

 A six-axis Inertial Measurement Unit (IMU) controls not only the 7-level HSTC but also 3-level Wheelie Control, Cornering ABS (with off-road setting), Rear Lift Control and DCT cornering detection. There are four default riding modes: URBAN, TOUR, GRAVEL and OFF-ROAD.

Tailored for complete control, the riding position features a slim section seat, and high-set handlebars. Dual LED Daytime Running Lights (DRL) give optimum visibility, improving safety and Cruise Control is a standard fit.  Also, to make long-range road riding more comfortable, the aggressively styled front fairing mounts a 5-way adjustable screen for maximum forward visibility or increased wind protection depending on rider choice.

A full colour Multi Information Display (MID) 6.5-inch TFT touch screen brings immersive engagement with the machine’s systems, plus Apple CarPlay®, Android Auto® and Bluetooth connectivity.

The 25YM CRF1100L Africa Twin will be available in three paint options that all feature bold new graphics:

  • Grand Prix Red 
  • Matt Ballistic Black Metallic
  • Pearl Glare White with **NEW** Pearl Hawkseye Blue Metallic Tricolour (only available on the CRF1100L Africa Twin ES)

3 Key Features

3.1 Chassis

  • Option of Showa Electronically Equipped Ride Adjustment (Showa EERATM) suspension; standard Showa suspension remains available
  • Lightweight frame, with bolt-on aluminium subframe and light, rigid CRF450R-style swingarm for outstanding rear wheel traction and feel
  • Six-axis Bosch IMU control; cornering ABS provides sure-footed braking and features an off-road setting 
  • 21/18-inch wheels mount tubeless tyres

The Showa Electronically Equipped Ride Adjustment (Showa EERA™) was specifically developed for the CRF1100L Africa Twin ES. Proven on the Africa Twin Adventure Sports and featuring the same stroke as the standard bike (230mm front/220mm rear), the system automatically provides optimum damping force relative to the stroke speed.

It adjusts the damping level based on information from three sources: bike speed (from the ECU), the bike’s stance and attitude (from the Inertial Measurement Unit) and the fork behaviour (from the stroke sensor). The Suspension Control Unit adjusts suspension behaviour within a mere 15 milliseconds (0.015 seconds) of these calculations being made.

The system’s flexibility means that damping adjustment can be programmed to change as the vehicle speed changes – allowing firmer damping at higher speeds, for example. In addition, it can adapt to specific circumstances such as ‘preparing’ the bike’s suspension for landing from a jump or reducing ‘dive’ under hard braking. 

The 24YM update included the option to adjust the rear preload between four modes; rider, rider with luggage, rider with passenger and rider with passenger and luggage, on the move at the touch of a button.

Quite simply, Showa EERA™ means the rider can select low-speed ride comfort, high speed stability, sporting on-road performance and off-road response at the touch of the screen.

Five suspension modes are available:

MID sits between hard and soft, for easy handling in a wide range of situations. It is automatically selected with Urban riding mode.

HARD is stable, responsive and the firmest damping for two-up and fully laden touring. It is automatically selected with Tour riding mode.

SOFT offers a comfortable, secure ride on poor roads with lowest damping force. It is automatically selected with Gravel riding mode.

OFF-ROAD gives optimum dirt performance, with gradually increasing fork damping relative to stroke speed and firmer all-round rear shock damping. It is automatically selected with Off-road riding mode.

Whereas the above suspension settings are automatically selected according to the riding mode, in USER riding mode, the rider can adjust spring preload finely, through 24 steps, front and rear.

The standard fully adjustable Showa setup is also available; the 45mm cartridge-type inverted front forks offer long-travel bump absorption with internal damping settings that provide high-quality on and off-road performance. A cast aluminium top yoke and forged bottom yoke, joined by hollow aluminium stem shaft, clamp the fork legs with two bolts each top and bottom. The Showa rear shock features a 46mm cylinder and remote reservoir for stable damping control in even the most extreme off-road riding conditions. Spring preload can be adjusted via a dial on the shock body.

The strength and rigidity balance of the steel semi-double cradle frame revolves around outstanding off-road ability – at the same time reinforcing its all-round on-road manners. Rigidity around the steering head is optimised to enhance feel for front end grip; the main spars are slim and straight with no front cross pipe. Ground clearance is 250mm, with wheelbase of 1575mm and rake and trail of 27.5°/113mm. Wet weight is 231kg and 233kg for the ES (DCT 242kg/244kg).

A bolt-on aluminium subframe allows the CRF1100L Africa Twin to be narrow under the rider, at only 195mm which is crucial for easy ground reach. The lightweight aluminium swingarm – taking its direction from the design used by the CRF450R – maximises rear wheel traction and rider feel. The swingarm pivot points’ inner plates use 600MPa high-strength steel and the upper cross tube that connects them acts as the rear shock upper mount (through a pillow-ball joint) improving feel for rear wheel traction.

At the very heart of the Africa Twin’s all-round performance is a Bosch MM7.10 six-axis Inertial Measurement Unit (IMU) tucked away at the centre of the machine, that measures – in real-time – roll angle/rate, pitch angle/rate and yaw angle/rate. It aids the management of rear wheel traction via TBW and HSTC, front braking grip through cornering ABS, front wheel lift through Wheelie Control and also adds Rear Lift Control. It is also integral to the functioning of the EERATM suspension.

The IMU takes in lean angle, deceleration (from front/rear wheel speed sensors) and incorporates the slip rate of the front and rear wheels to manage braking pressure through the ABS; likewise if it detects sudden rear wheel lift, it finely controls brake force to maintain stability. There is an off-road ABS setting and, when stationary the rear ABS can be cancelled completely for off-road riding if required.

Compact two-piece radial-mount four-piston calipers work dual 310mm ‘wavy’ floating discs through sintered pads. The rear 256mm ‘wavy’ disc features specific hole punching and shaping for optimal rear wheel control.

21-inch front and 18-inch rear (stainless steel) spoked wheels wear 90/90-21 and 150/70-18 tubeless tyres, which allow for easier repairs without the need to remove the wheel. Metzeler Karoo Street 90/90-21M/C 54H and 150/70-19-R18M/C 70H are approved as OEM tyres. Block pattern Michelin Anakee Wild 90/90-21M/C 54R TL and 150/70-18M/C 70R TL tyres are also approved for fitment.

 

3.2 Engine

  • 1,084cc, twin-cylinder engine generates 112Nm peak torque, with strong performance in the low to mid-rpm range
  • 75kW peak power
  • Unicam 8-valve head, semi-dry sump and slipper clutch

With the 24YM updates concentrating on increasing torque in the most-used low, mid and upper mid-range, the 1,084cc, 8-valve parallel-twin engine produces 75kW @ 7,500rpm with peak torque of 112Nm @5,500rpm. Bore is set at 92mm with 81.5mm stroke and compression ratio of 10.5:1.

35mm airbox intake ducts draw air to twin, length-optimised internal trumpets. 46mm throttle bodies feed the inlet ports and the bore and cylinder pitches are aligned to create a smooth air intake profile. The injector angle delivers a direct spray into the twin-spark combustion chambers.

Honda’s SOHC Unicam valve train is a feature of the MX competition-specification CRF450R, and the low-set position of the cast camshaft contributes to the compact nature of the cylinder head and entire engine package; inlet valves are 10.1mm in diameter, exhaust valves 9.3mm. Aluminium cylinder sleeves save weight while the 270° phased crankshaft and uneven firing interval create the engine’s desirable signature ‘throb’ and character.

The 24YM updates saw the introduction of a reshape of the 270° crankshaft, reshaped and reinforced conrod and 0.4mm longer piston, which also featured a reshaped piston surface crown for optimal ignition and engine performance.

The crankcases are split horizontally; the water pump is housed efficiently within the clutch casing with a thermostat integrated into the cylinder head. Manual and DCT versions of the engine share common crankcases with only minor external differences; the water and oil pumps are both driven by the engine’s balancer shafts.

The engine features a semi-dry sump design with in-tank lower crankcase oil storage. This allows a lower pan depth that keeps overall engine height low. As the pressure-fed pump is located within the tank where it delivers its oil from, there is no need for a pressure-feed passage. Secondary vibrations are neutralised by the mutually reciprocating motion of the pistons, while primary inertial and coupling vibrations are cancelled by the use of biaxial balance shafts.

The aluminium clutch centre and pressure plate use ‘assist’ cams to ease upshifts and ‘slipper’ cams for deceleration and downshifting. The six-speed manual gearbox uses the same shift-cam design as found on the CRF450R to ensure positive changes.

The exhaust muffler, also updated for 24YM with increased lower pipe diameter, and revised internal structure, delivers enhanced engine performance in the low and mid-range and gives a pleasing exhaust ‘pulse’ at lower rpm, and more ‘bass-fuelled’ note at high-rpm.

3.3 Engine & Chassis Management Electronics

  • IMU-managed HSTC intervention levels allow focus on off-road use
  • Wheelie Control features 3 levels and IMU management
  • Four riding modes: TOUR, URBAN, GRAVEL and OFF-ROAD
  • Two USER modes allow for complete customisation

Throttle By Wire (TBW) management and the six-axis Inertial Measurement Unit (IMU) are at the heart of the electronic package. The system offers 4 levels of power and 3 levels of engine braking. There are seven levels of Honda Selectable Torque Control (HSTC) with each level’s amount of intervention being optimised to work with real-time input from the IMU. The spacing of the levels is optimised to allow the rider a finer choice of the amount of rear tyre slide for off-road riding. HSTC can also be turned off completely.

Wheelie Control is another feature. With the IMU measuring pitch angle and rate, and controlling engine torque via TBW, the rider can choose between 3 levels of input. Level 1 allows for intended wheel lift but suppresses any sudden movement. Level 3 stops any front wheel elevation and level 2 is mid-way between the two. Like HSTC, Wheelie Control can also be turned off completely.

There are four default riding mode settings: TOUR, URBAN, GRAVEL and OFF-ROAD to cover most riding conditions and situations plus two further customisable USER settings. Even within the default riding modes, it’s possible to change some parameters – HSTC between levels 1-7 (plus off), Wheelie Control between levels 1-3 (plus off) and DCT S mode shift pattern levels 1-3.

TOUR employs the highest level of Power (1), for touring with pillion and luggage plus mid-range Engine Braking (2) with active on-road Cornering ABS.

URBAN suits wide-ranging riding requirements and uses mid-level Power (2) and Engine Braking (2) with active on-road Cornering ABS.

GRAVEL delivers the lowest level of Power (4) and Engine Braking (3). Cornering ABS is active with an off-road setting; in this setting, the rear brake ABS cannot be switched off.

OFF-ROAD uses lower-mid level Power (3) and the lowest amount of Engine Braking (3). Cornering ABS is active with an off-road setting; the rear brake ABS can be switched off.

USER 1 & 2 modes offer the rider a choice of two distinct personalized setups – choosing between Power levels 1-4 and Engine Braking 1-3, plus HSTC, Wheelie Control and ABS (on-road/off-road) parameters. USER 1 starts out with level 2 Power and Engine Braking, USER 2 uses level 4 Power and 3 Engine Braking.

The power delivery characteristics remain consistent across all Rider Modes, delivering lower levels of power, depending on Power Mode, in the same way.

At low speeds, the power delivery in 1st and 2nd gears is the same across all Power Modes for optimum rider control and confidence.

Table of Rider Modes:

Rider Mode

Power

Engine Braking

ABS

G Switch

HSTC

Wheelie Control

TOUR

1

2

On-road

Not active

Adjustable to rider preference

0-7

Adjustable to rider preference

0-3

URBAN

2

2

GRAVEL

4

3

Off-road

OFF-ROAD

3

3

Active

USER 1 & 2

1-4

1-3

Either

Either

 

3.4 Dual Clutch Transmission

  • ‘Easy and direct’ system offers super-fast gear changes in either Manual Transmission (MT) or Automatic D and S modes
  • Smooth, natural feel when first moving away and at low speed
  • S mode (with 3 levels) revs higher and downshifts sooner than D, for more aggressive riding
  • G Switch offers more feel for traction off-road
  • Incline detection adapts shift pattern depending on gradient
  • IMU allows corning detection function for improved shift timings

Honda has sold over 251,000 DCT-equipped motorcycles across Europe since the system first appeared as an option on the VFR1200F in 2009. Testament to its acceptance in the marketplace, in 2023 DCT versions of CRF1100L Africa Twin accounted for 41% of the model’s sales, rising to 63% for the Africa Twin Adventure Sports.

The CRF1100L Africa Twin’s DCT gives a natural, ‘feathered’ clutch feel on initial take-off and at low speed thanks to a 24YM update that optimised the hydraulic control for better, more linear clutch response across all modes. It also benefitted from updated shift schedules to match the increased engine performance.

The system also makes use of the engine’s torque, shifting down earlier. It also uses cornering detection – when the IMU recognises the bike is leant over it subtly adjusts the shifting programme for the most natural gear changes.

DCT delivers consistent, super-fast seamless gear changes, and very quickly becomes second nature in use. It uses two clutches: one for start-up and 1st, 3rd and 5th gears: the other for 2nd, 4th and 6th, with the mainshaft for each clutch located inside the other for compact packaging.

Each clutch is independently controlled by its own electro-hydraulic circuit. When a gear change occurs, the system pre-selects the target gear using the clutch not currently in use. The first clutch is then electronically disengaged as, simultaneously, the second clutch engages.

The result is a consistent, fast and seamless gear change. Furthermore, as the twin clutches transfer drive from one gear to the next with minimal interruption of the drive to the rear wheel, any gear change shock and pitching of the machine is minimised, making the change feel direct as well as smooth.

The extra benefits of durability (as the gears cannot be damaged by missing a gear), impossibility of stalling, low stress urban riding, reduced rider fatigue and greater ability to focus on cornering lines and braking points add to DCT’s appeal.

Three modes of operation are available. MT mode gives full manual control, allowing the rider to shift with the handlebar trigger control buttons. Automatic D mode is ideal for city and highway riding and achieves optimum fuel efficiency. Automatic S mode offers three levels of sportier riding, with the ECU making the engine rev a little higher before shifting up, and shift down sooner when decelerating for extra engine braking.

In either D or S mode, DCT offers immediate manual intervention if required – the rider simply selects the required gear using the up and down shift triggers on the left handlebar. At an appropriate time, DCT seamlessly reverts to automatic mode, depending on throttle angle, vehicle speed and gear position.

DCT for the CRF1100L Africa Twin is also fully equipped to operate in an adventure environment, with off-road functionality enhanced by the ‘G switch’ accessed via the TFT touch screen display. Activating the ‘G switch’ in any riding mode improves the feel for available traction and machine control by reducing the amount of clutch slip during gear changes. Further functionality for the DCT system comes in the form of incline detection, adapting the gear shift pattern depending on the grade of an incline to provide optimum control.

3.5 Styling & Equipment

  • 5-way height adjustable screen and upper fairing extend on-road comfort
  • Africa Twin ES equipped with heated grips and ACC charging socket
  • Compact body style designed for off-road, with slim seat and high handlebars
  • Multi Information Display (MID) 6.5-inch TFT touch screen, Apple CarPlay® and Android Auto® compatible
  • Bluetooth connectivity, Daytime Running Lights (DRL) and Cruise Control

Aggressive and compact. Two words that sum up the CRF1100L Africa Twin’s taut rally-style bodywork. And it’s for a reason – to work better off-road. A 5-stage height adjustable screen makes longer road rides, or commuting in and out of town, more comfortable.

The CRF1100L Africa Twin ES also gets heated grips and an ACC charging socket as standard for increased practicality.

Seat height adjusts between two settings, 850/870mm and the high-set handlebars give an upright, high-visibility riding position and comfortable control, whether standing or seated. The tail section is extremely slim, and the narrow seat is carefully contoured to allow good ground reach and easy back and forth movement while an aluminium rear carrier is standard fit for convenient carrying ability.

Holding 18.8L, the fuel tank offers a potential range of over 380km, thanks to fuel economy of 4.9L/100km 20.5km/l in both MT and DCT (WMTC mode).

Dual LED headlights are set high, delivering a penetrating beam, and feature Daytime Running Lights (DRL) that automatically adjust to ambient light intensity, improving safety, no matter the conditions. Knuckle guards are standard.

The full colour Multi Information Display (MID) 6.5-inch TFT touch screen keeps the rider in control of all of the CRF1100L Africa Twin’s systems, with each of the riding modes­ selectable through the top left of the screen. The MID can also be customised to show various levels of information relative to the riding mode chosen and is easy to use even when wearing gloves.

The MID also incorporates Apple CarPlay® and Android Auto®, allowing use of a smartphone through the touchscreen. Navigation apps can also be accessed and displayed, and, via a Bluetooth helmet headset, calls can be made or received. The smartphone itself plugs into a USB charging port on the right of the MID. Hands-free wireless Bluetooth connectivity is also an option and all control inputs are made from the left-hand switchgear.

The front and rear indicators have an Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) function. When braking suddenly over 50kph the hazard lights flash to warn other road users a hard stop is in process. They also auto-cancel; rather than using a simple timer, the system compares front and rear wheel speed difference and calculates when to cancel the indication relative to the situation. The auto-cancel feature can be switched off and standard-fit cruise control eases long-distance highway travel.

A new high-performance, lightweight and compact lithium-ion battery is standard fit, contributing to mass centralisation.

4. Accessories

  • Huge range of Genuine Honda Accessories ready to go, from tank pads to full Pannier/Top Box luggage solutions and each a perfect fit for the Africa Twin
  • Accessories are available individually or in dedicated accessory packs
  • Rally, Adventure, Urban and Travel Packs make perfect customisation easy

For a bike like the Africa Twin – which is going to cover a lot of ground, on or off-road – accessories really matter to an owner. And the range from Honda grows year on year with each part, no matter how small or large, driven by customer use, designed by R&D engineers in Japan and manufactured in Honda centres around the world to exacting standards.

It’s easy, too for a new owner to tailor their Africa Twin via the accessory pack system. Based on four distinct profiles of application they also, thanks to complete compatibly, allow almost limitless customisation options using the packs and individual parts, to build an owner’s ultimate Africa Twin.

Rally Pack
Designed to enhance the off-road durability and performance. The pack features wide Rally Footpegs for extra leverage and control and Engine Guards/Radiator Grill to minimise damage. For the Africa Twin with manual transmission a Quickshifter is included, while the DCT option gains a Foot Shift Lever. Colour-matched Knuckle Guard Extenders add weather protection, Wheel Stripes add an exclusive splash of colour that complement the overall look.

Adventure Pack
Ready for the long haul. New Front Side Pipes protect bodywork and are constructed from 25mm stainless steel with a polished, electrolytic coating that resists corrosion and is also easy to clean. They also mount the dual Fog Lights in a higher, more aggressive position that on previous models. A 4.5L tank bag provides flexible, easy-to-access storage, while new Side Tank Pads protect paint from knee scuffs and provide additional grip for off-road riding.

Urban Pack
Available in two options – plastic or aluminium. In plastic, a newly redesigned stripe design compliments the 58L Top Box (enough for 2 full-face helmets, comes with a Carrier Bracket, pillion Backrest and Inner Bag. The 42L aluminium Top Box features its own Carrier Bracket and Inner Bag. The Urban Packs also include new, easy-to-fit heated grips and ACC charging socket, which the Africa Twin ES has as standard. Finally a Main Stand makes for straightforward rear wheel/chain maintenance.

Travel Pack
Like the Urban Pack the Travel Pack comes in plastic or aluminium. 40L left/30L right plastic Pannier Cases – also featuring the new designed stripes – also feature one-size Inner Bags. The Aluminium Cases 37L left / 33L right come complete with mounting stays, and individual right/left inner bags. Redesigned Upper Deflectors channel airflow around arms and shoulders and Lower Deflectors for the legs improve comfort at highway speeds. Comfort Pillion Footpegs are the finishing touch.

Seat Options
Compared to the standard design the Comfort Seat has an 8% larger surface area compared to previous models and uses a +15mm thicker urethane foam cushion with optimised density to reduce long-distance riding fatigue. The Comfort Seat gives a seat height range of 865/885mm and is available in 3 colour choices: Black/Black, Red/Black and Blue/Black. The Low Seat option drops down to 825/845mm.

The line-up is complemented by a 38L Top Box, black rubber Side Tank Pads, and the SC-Project Slip-on Muffler, available in 2 colours, Titanium Silver and Matt Black.

 

5. Technical Specifications

ENGINE

Type

Liquid-cooled OHC 4-stroke 8-valve Parallel Twin with 270° crank and uni-cam

Displacement

1084cc

Bore x Stroke

92mm x 81.5mm

Compression Ratio

10.5:1

Max. Power Output

75kW at 7,500rpm

Max. Torque

112Nm at 5,500rpm

Noise Level 

MT: Lurban 75.1dB, Lwot 80.1dB
DCT: Lurban 75.0dB, Lwot 79.9dB

Oil Capacity

MT: 4.8 l

DCT: 5.2 l

FUEL SYSTEM

Carburation

PGM-FI

Fuel Tank Capacity

18.8L

CO2 Emissions

114g/km

Fuel Consumption

MT: 20.5km/l [4.9 l/100km]

DCT: 20.5km/l [4.9 l/100km]

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Battery Capacity

12V-6Ah Li-ion BATTERY (20Hr)

DRIVETRAIN

Clutch Type

MT: Wet, multiplate with coil springs, Aluminium Cam Assist and Slipper clutch

DCT: 2 wet, multiplate clutches with coil springs

Transmission Type

6 Speed Manual (6 Speed DCT)

Final Drive

O-ring sealed chain

FRAME

Type

Semi Double Cradle

CHASSIS

Dimensions (L'W'H)

2,330mm x 960mm x 1,485mm

Wheelbase

1,575mm

Caster Angle

27.5°

Trail

113mm

Seat Height

850/870mm (Low Seat option 825, Comfort Seat option 885)

Ground Clearance

250mm

Kerb Weight

MT: 231kg

DCT: 242kg

ES MT: 233kg

ES DCT:244kg

SUSPENSION

Type Front

Showa 45mm cartridge-type inverted telescopic fork with dial-style preload adjuster and DF adjustments, 230mm stroke.

 

CRF1100L Africa Twin ES – SHOWA Telescopic inverted fork with an inner tube diameter of 45mm, and electronic control unit (SHOWA EERATM) with compression and rebound damping adjustments, 230mm stroke

Type Rear

Monoblock aluminium swing arm with Pro-Link with SHOWA gas-charged damper, hydraulic dial-style preload adjuster and rebound damping adjustments, 220 mm rear wheel travel.

 

CRF1100L Africa Twin ES – Monoblock aluminium swing arm with Pro-Link with SHOWA gas-charged damper, hydraulic remote control preload adjuster and electric control unit (SHOWA EERATM) with compression and rebound damping adjustments, 220 mm rear wheel travel.

WHEELS

Type Front

21M/C x MT2.15 wire spoke with aluminium rim

Type Rear

18M/C x MT4.00 wire spoke with aluminium rim

Tyres Front

90/90-21M/C 54H (tubeless type) Metzler Karoo Street)

Tyres Rear

150/70R18M/C 70H (tubeless type) Metzler Karoo Street)

BRAKES

ABS System Type

2 channel with IMU
Selectable ABS MODE with ON road and OFF road setting

Type Front

310mm dual wave floating hydraulic disc with aluminium hub and radial fit 4-piston calipers and sintered metal pads

Type Rear

256mm wave hydraulic disc with single piston caliper and sintered metal pads.

INSTRUMENTS & ELECTRICS

Instruments

LCD Meter, TFT 6.5inch touch panel multi information display

Headlight

LED

Taillight

LED

Connectivity

Bluetooth and Apple CarPlay®/Android Auto® (wired)

USB

Yes

12V Socket

Yes

Auto Winker Cancel

Yes

Quickshifter

Optional (MT only)

Security System

Immobiliser

Cruise Control

Yes

Cornering Lights

No

Additional Features

Emergency stop signal, 6 axis IMU, HSTC and Wheelie control

 

** Please note that the figures provided are results obtained by Honda under standardised testing conditions prescribed by WMTC. Tests are conducted on a rolling road using a standard version of the vehicle with only one rider and no additional optional equipment. Actual fuel consumption may vary depending on how you ride, how you maintain your vehicle, weather, road conditions, tire pressure, installation of accessories, cargo, rider and passenger weight, and other factors.

25YM Honda CRF1100L Africa Twin Adventure Sports

Model updates: The long-distance ready CRF1100L Africa Twin Adventure Sports tours into 25YM with an all-new colour and updated graphics.

Standard-fit Showa Electronically Equipped Ride Adjustment (Showa EERA™) suspension is matched to a 19-inch front wheel, 110/80-19 tyre and 835/855mm seat height. Its 1,084cc engine twin-cylinder engine produces plenty of torque – 112Nm peak. And a full electronics package uses a six-axis Inertial Measurement Unit to manage HSTC, cornering ABS, Wheelie Control, Rear Lift Control and cornering detection functionality on the DCT version. Practicality comes in the shape of multiple riding modes, standard fit cruise control, heated grips, USB port, ACC charger and full colour 6.5-inch TFT touchscreen incorporating Apple CarPlay®, Android Auto® and Bluetooth connectivity. Dual LED headlights feature Daytime Running Lights (DRL) and Cornering Lights. The DCT option offers smooth launch and slow-speed feel. Four tailor-made Genuine Honda Accessory Packs – Urban, Rally, Travel and Adventure – are ready to create the perfect traveling partner.

Contents:

  1. Introduction
  2. Model overview
  3. Key features
  4. Accessories
  5. Technical specifications

1. Introduction 

It’s been well over three decades since the Honda XRV650 Africa Twin first rolled into Europe and while the motorcycle that now bears its name – launched in 16YM as the CRF1000L Africa Twin – was a brand-new motorcycle from the wheels up, it fully inherited the essence and spirit of what made the original so popular.

It was the balance between power and light weight that was at the heart of the original bike’s appeal, just as it was for the new model. With its unique, athletic appearance, an enjoyable, usable engine and capable, comfortable chassis, the CRF1000L Africa Twin proved itself a true modern-day all-rounder and has been hugely popular with round-the-world adventurers, around-town commuters and weekend tourers alike. with over 85,000 units bearing the ‘Africa Twin’ name sold since its return.

18YM saw the Africa Twin, in both manual transmission and Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT) form, receive Throttle By Wire (TBW) control plus 4 riding modes, expanded Honda Selectable Torque Control (HSTC) options, as well as intake and exhaust development for improved engine response and sound. The platform also expanded: the CRF1100L Africa Twin Adventure Sports – with the same updates but featuring improved wind protection, greater tank range and longer-travel suspension – extended the machine even further into long-range off-road territory.

For 20YM, the introduction of a bigger capacity, longer stroke 1084cc engine marked another landmark in the evolution of the Africa Twin. The CRF1100L Africa Twin* itself was comprehensively redrawn with an aggressive, compact rally style and even sharper off-road focus. Meanwhile, the touring comfort, technology and ability of the CRF1100L Africa Twin Adventure Sports were also further enhanced – including the option of cutting-edge Showa Electronically Equipped Ride Adjustment (Showa EERA™) suspension.

The 22YM Africa Twin Adventure was equipped with refined DCT settings for even smoother handling in 1st and 2nd gears, plus a new, more compact screen design and striking ultra-modern ‘Cracked Terrain’ graphics.

24YM marked another major update for the CRF1100L Africa Twin Adventure Sports. Updated chassis dynamics based around a new 19-inch front wheel, extra power and torque for the engine, further DCT refinements and a more muscular new look moved the model on yet again. Mechanically unchanged for 25YM, the Africa Twin Adventure Sports continues to build its reputation as a benchmark, long-distance-ready on- and off-road tourer.

Since its reintroduction in 2016, the Africa Twin has been the 2nd most popular model in the 1000cc+ Adventure class, with over 104,000 units bearing the name ‘Africa Twin’ being sold across Europe. Hugely popular, it has always been in Honda’s top three selling models, being top seller in 6 of the 8 calendar years from 2016 to 2023.

*See separate 25YM CRF1100L Africa Twin Press Kit.

 

2. Model Overview 

The 25YM CRF1100L Africa Twin Adventure Sports shares the frame and engine of the more off-road focussed CRF1100L Africa Twin but has a role very much of its own: to offer riders real continent-crossing long-haul ability and practicality both on- and off-road.

For strong acceleration, especially for when two-up and fully loaded, the 1,084cc parallel twin cylinder engine produces peak torque of 112Nm with peak power of 75kW.

Showa EERA™ suspension offers optimum constantly adjusted damping control. Four default modes – SOFT, MID, HARD and OFF-ROAD – cover every type of riding situation, and there’s a USER mode for further fine-tuning on the move. Rear spring preload can also be adjusted while moving.

The 19-inch front wheel wears a 110/80-19 tyre, delivering impressive front grip and feedback for better on-road stability and comfort when fully loaded; suspension stroke, front and rear is set at 210/200mm, also for improved on-road handling ability and confident ground reach.

Long-range touring credentials come in the shape of a large 24.8L fuel tank, extensive wind protection, 5-way height-adjustable screen, large engine sump guard, aluminium rear carrier plus tubeless wheels and tyres. An ACC charger and heated grips are standard fit.

DCT gives a natural feel from initial pull-away and at very low speeds. A six-axis Inertial Measurement Unit (IMU) controls not only the 7-level HSTC but also 3-level Wheelie Control, Cornering ABS (with off-road setting), Rear Lift Control and DCT cornering detection. There are four default riding modes: URBAN, TOUR, GRAVEL and OFF-ROAD.

Tailored for complete control, the riding position features a slim section seat and high-set handlebars. Seat height is set at 835/855mm. Dual LED Daytime Running Lights (DRL) feature three-stage Cornering Lights that automatically adjust the field of illumination depending on the lean angle, giving optimum visibility for improved safety. Cruise control and heated grips are standard-fit. A full colour Multi Information Display (MID) 6.5-inch TFT touch screen brings immersive engagement with the machine’s systems, plus Apple CarPlay®, Android Auto® and Bluetooth connectivity.

The 25YM CRF1100L Africa Twin Adventure Sports will be available in two paint options, both featuring bold new graphics, with the Pearl Glare White (Tricolour) paying homage to the iconic tricolour colour schemes of the XRV750 Africa Twin.

  • **NEW** Matt Iridium Gray Metallic
  • Pearl Glare White (Tricolour)

 

3 Key Features

3.1 Chassis

  • Showa Electronically Equipped Ride Adjustment (Showa EERA™) suspension
  • 19-inch front wheel mounts a 110/80-19 tyre
  • Lightweight frame, with bolt-on aluminium subframe and light, rigid CRF450R-style swingarm for outstanding rear wheel traction and feel
  • Six-axis Bosch IMU control; cornering ABS provides sure-footed braking and features an off-road setting 

Showa Electronically Equipped Ride Adjustment (Showa EERA™) suspension is standard fit. The system automatically provides optimum damping force relative to the stroke speed. It works by adjusting the damping level based on information from three sources: bike speed (from the ECU), the bike’s stance and attitude (from the Inertial Measurement Unit) and the fork behaviour (from the stroke sensor).

The Suspension Control Unit adjusts suspension behaviour within a mere 15 milliseconds (0.015 seconds) of these calculations being made. 

The system’s flexibility means that damping adjustment can be programmed to change as the vehicle speed changes – allowing firmer damping at higher speeds, for example. In addition, it can adapt to specific circumstances such as ‘preparing’ the bike’s suspension for landing from a jump or reducing ‘dive’ under hard braking.

The 24YM update included the option to adjust the rear preload between four modes; rider, rider with luggage, rider with passenger and rider with passenger and luggage, on the move at the touch of a button. Quite simply, Showa EERA™ suspension means the rider can select low-speed ride comfort, high speed stability, sporting on-road performance and off-road response at the touch of the screen.

Five suspension modes are available:

MID sits between hard and soft, for easy handling in a wide range of situations. It is automatically selected with Urban riding mode.

HARD is stable, responsive and the firmest damping for two-up and fully laden touring. It is automatically selected with Tour riding mode.

SOFT offers a comfortable, secure ride on poor roads with lowest damping force. It is automatically selected with Gravel riding mode.

OFF-ROAD gives optimum dirt performance, with gradually increasing fork damping relative to stroke speed and firmer all-round rear shock damping. It is automatically selected with Off-road riding mode.

Whereas the above suspension settings are automatically selected according to the riding mode, in USER Riding Mode, the rider can adjust spring preload finely, through 24 steps, front and rear. Suspension stroke is 210/200mm, for a low centre of gravity and improved slow-speed manoeuvrability and ground reach.

The design of the steel semi-double cradle frame mixes off-road ability with excellent, all-round on-road manners. Rigidity around the steering head is optimised to enhance feel for front end grip; the main spars are slim and straight with no front cross pipe. A bolt-on aluminium subframe saves weight.

Ground clearance is 220mm (30mm less than CRF1100L Africa Twin), with wheelbase of 1550mm and rake and trail of 27.5° /106mm (from 1574mm/27.5°/113mm). Wet weight is 243kg (253kg for the DCT option).

The lightweight aluminium swingarm – taking its direction from the design used by the CRF450R – maximises rear wheel traction and rider feel. The swingarm pivot points’ inner plates use 600MPa high-strength steel and the upper cross tube that connects them acts as the rear shock upper mount (through a pillow-ball joint) improving feel for rear wheel traction.

At the very heart of the bike’s all-round performance is a Bosch MM7.10 six-axis Inertial Measurement Unit (IMU) tucked away at the centre of the machine, that measures – in real-time – roll angle/rate, pitch angle/rate and yaw angle/rate. It aids the management of rear wheel traction via TBW and HSTC, and front wheel lift through Wheelie Control. It is also integral to the functioning of the EERATM suspension.

Cornering ABS is also managed via the IMU, which takes in lean angle, deceleration (from front/rear wheel speed sensors) and incorporates the slip rate of the front and rear wheels to manage braking pressure. Likewise, if it detects sudden rear wheel lift, it finely controls brake force to maintain stability.  

There is an off-road ABS setting and, when stationary the rear ABS can be turned off completely for off-road riding if required.

Up front, compact two-piece radial-mount four-piston calipers work dual 310mm ‘wavy’ floating discs through sintered pads. The rear 256mm ‘wavy’ disc features hole punching and shaping for optimal rear wheel control.

19-inch front and 18-inch rear (stainless steel) spoked wheels wear 110/80R19M/C 59V and 150/70-R18M/C 70H tubeless tyres, which allow for easier repairs without the need to remove the wheel, provide increased front end grip, improved response and rider feedback, plus high speed comfort and increased stability under braking. Bridgestone Battlax Adventure A41 are approved as OEM tyres. Block pattern tyres (Michelin Anakee Wild 110/80R19M/C 59R TL and 150/70 18M/C 70R TL) are also approved for fitment.

3.2 Engine

  • 1,084cc, twin-cylinder engine generates 112Nm peak torque, with strong performance in the low to mid-rpm range
  • Peak power of 75kW
  • Unicam 8-valve head, semi-dry sump and slipper clutch

With the 24YM updates concentrating on increasing torque in the most-used low, mid and upper mid-range, the 1,084cc, 8-valve parallel-twin engine produces 75kW @ 7,500rpm with peak torque of 112Nm @5,500rpm. Bore is set at 92mm with 81.5mm stroke and compression ratio of 10.5:1.

35mm airbox intake ducts draw air to twin, length-optimised internal trumpets. 46mm throttle bodies feed the inlet ports and the bore and cylinder pitches are aligned to create a smooth air intake profile. The injector angle delivers a direct spray into the twin-spark combustion chambers.

Honda’s SOHC Unicam valve train is a feature of the MX competition-specification CRF450R, and the low-set position of the cast camshaft contributes to the compact nature of the cylinder head and entire engine package; inlet valves are 10.1mm in diameter, exhaust valves 9.3mm. The 24YM updates saw the introduction of a reshape of the 270° crankshaft, reshaped and reinforced conrod and 0.4mm longer piston, which also featured a reshaped piston surface crown for optimal ignition and engine performance. Aluminium cylinder sleeves save weight while the 270° phased crankshaft and uneven firing interval create the engine’s desirable signature ‘throb’ and character.

The crankcases are split horizontally; the water pump is housed efficiently within the clutch casing with a thermostat integrated into the cylinder head. Manual and DCT versions of the engine share common crankcases with only minor external differences; the water and oil pumps are both driven by the engine’s balancer shafts.

The engine features a semi-dry sump design with in-tank lower crankcase oil storage. This allows a lower pan depth that keeps overall engine height low. As the pressure-fed pump is located within the tank where it delivers its oil from, there is no need for a pressure-feed passage. Secondary vibrations are neutralised by the mutually reciprocating motion of the pistons, while primary inertial and coupling vibrations are cancelled by the use of biaxial balance shafts.

The aluminium clutch centre and pressure plate use ‘assist’ cams to ease upshifts and ‘slipper’ cams for deceleration and downshifting. The six-speed manual gearbox uses the same shift-cam design as found on the CRF450R to ensure positive changes. 

The exhaust muffler also updated for 24YM with increased lower pipe diameter, and revised internal structure, delivers enhanced engine performance in the low and mid-range and gives a pleasing exhaust ‘pulse’ at lower rpm, and more ‘bass-fuelled’ note at high-rpm.  

3.3 Engine & Chassis Management Electronics

  • IMU-managed HSTC intervention levels have focus on off-road use
  • Wheelie Control features 3 levels and IMU management
  • Four riding modes: TOUR, URBAN, GRAVEL and OFF-ROAD
  • Two USER modes allow for complete customisation

Throttle By Wire (TBW) management and a six-axis Inertial Measurement Unit (IMU) are at the heart of the electronic package. The system offers 4 levels of power and 3 levels of engine braking. There are seven levels of Honda Selectable Torque Control (HSTC) with each level’s amount of intervention being optimised to work with real-time input (yaw/roll angle and rate) from the IMU. The spacing of the levels is optimised to allow the rider a finer choice of the amount of rear tyre slide for off-road riding. HSTC can also be turned off completely.

Wheelie Control is another feature. With the IMU measuring pitch angle and rate, and controlling engine torque via TBW, the rider can choose between 3 levels of input. Level 1 allows for intended wheel lift but suppresses any sudden movement. Level 3 stops any front wheel elevation and level 2 is mid-way between the two. Like HSTC, Wheelie Control can also be turned off completely.

There are four default riding mode settings: TOUR, URBAN, GRAVEL and OFF-ROAD to cover most riding conditions and situations plus two further customisable USER settings. Even within the default riding modes, it’s possible to change some parameters – HSTC between levels 1-7 (plus off), Wheelie Control between levels 1-3 (plus off) and DCT S mode shift pattern levels 1-3.

TOUR employs the highest level of Power (1), for touring with pillion and luggage plus mid-range Engine Braking (2) with active on-road cornering ABS.

URBAN suits wide-ranging riding requirements and uses mid-level Power (2) and Engine Braking (2) with active on-road Cornering ABS.

GRAVEL delivers the lowest level of Power (4) and Engine Braking (3). Cornering ABS is active with an off-road setting; in this setting, the rear brake ABS cannot be switched off.

OFF-ROAD uses lower-mid level Power (3) and the lowest amount of Engine Braking (3). Cornering ABS is active with an off-road setting; the rear brake ABS can be switched off.

USER 1 & 2 modes offer the rider a choice of two distinct personalized setups – choosing between Power levels 1-4 and Engine Braking 1-3, plus HSTC, Wheelie Control and ABS (on-road/off-road) parameters. USER 1 starts out with level 2 Power and Engine Braking, USER 2 uses level 4 Power and 3 Engine Braking.

The power delivery characteristics remain consistent across all Rider Modes, delivering lower levels of power, depending on Power Mode, in the same way. 

At low speeds, the power delivery in 1st and 2nd gears is the same across all Power Modes for optimum rider control and confidence.

Table of Rider Modes: 

Rider Mode

Power

Engine Braking

ABS

G Switch

HSTC

Wheelie Control

TOUR

1

2

On-road

Not active

Adjustable to rider preference

0-7

Adjustable to rider preference

0-3

URBAN

2

2

GRAVEL

4

3

Off-road

OFF-ROAD

3

3

Active

USER 1 & 2

1-4

1-3

Either

Either

 

3.4 Dual Clutch Transmission

  • Easy and direct’ system offers super-fast gear changes in either Manual Transmission (MT) or Automatic D and S modes
  • Smooth, natural feel when first moving away and at slow speed
  • S mode (with 3 levels) revs higher and downshifts sooner than D, for more aggressive riding
  • G Switch offers more feel for traction off-road 
  • Incline detection adapts shift pattern depending on gradient
  • IMU allows corning detection function for improved shift timings

Honda has sold over 251,000 DCT-equipped motorcycles across Europe since the system first appeared as an option on the VFR1200F in 2009. Testament to its acceptance in the marketplace in 2023 DCT versions of Africa Twin Adventure Sport accounted for 63% of the model’s sales.

The CRF1100L Africa Twin’s DCT gives a natural, ‘feathered’ clutch feel on initial take-off and at low speed thanks to a 24YM update that optimised the hydraulic control equalling better, more linear clutch response across all modes. It also benefitted from updated shift schedules to match the increased engine performance.

The system also makes use of the engine’s torque, shifting down earlier. It also uses cornering detection – when the IMU recognises the bike is leant over it subtly adjusts the shifting programme for the most natural gear changes. 

DCT delivers consistent, super-fast seamless gear changes, and very quickly becomes second nature in use. It uses two clutches: one for start-up and 1st, 3rd and 5th gears: the other for 2nd, 4th and 6th, with the mainshaft for each clutch located inside the other for compact packaging.

Each clutch is independently controlled by its own electro-hydraulic circuit. When a gear change occurs, the system pre-selects the target gear using the clutch not currently in use. The first clutch is then electronically disengaged as, simultaneously, the second clutch engages.

The result is a consistent, fast and seamless gear change. Furthermore, as the twin clutches transfer drive from one gear to the next with minimal interruption of the drive to the rear wheel, any gear change shock and pitching of the machine is minimised, making the change feel direct as well as smooth.

The extra benefits of durability (as the gears cannot be damaged by missing a gear), impossibility of stalling, low stress urban riding, reduced rider fatigue and greater ability to focus on cornering lines and braking points add to DCT’s appeal.

Three modes of operation are available. MT mode gives full manual control, allowing the rider to shift with the handlebar trigger control buttons. Automatic D mode is ideal for city and highway riding and achieves optimum fuel efficiency. Automatic S mode offers three levels of sportier riding, with the ECU making the engine rev a little higher before shifting up and shift down sooner when decelerating for extra engine braking.

In either D or S mode, DCT offers immediate manual intervention if required – the rider simply selects the required gear using the up and down shift triggers on the left handlebar. At an appropriate time, DCT seamlessly reverts to automatic mode, depending on throttle angle, vehicle speed and gear position.

DCT for the CRF1100L Africa Twin Adventure Sports is also fully equipped to operate in an adventure environment, with off-road functionality enhanced by the G switch accessed via the TFT touch screen display. Activating the G switch in any riding mode improves the feel for available traction and machine control by reducing the amount of clutch slip during gear changes.

Further functionality for the DCT system comes in the form of incline detection, by means of which the gear shift pattern is adapted depending on the grade of an incline to provide optimum control.

3.5 Styling & Equipment

  • Muscular upper fairing provides ample wind protection
  • Compact, 5-way height-adjustable screen 
  • 24.8L fuel tank, aluminium insert panels, rear rack and engine bash plate
  • Daytime Running Lights (DRL) with Cornering Lights
  • Cruise control, heated grips and ACC charger
  • Multi Information Display (MID) 6.5-inch TFT touch screen 
  • Apple CarPlay® and Android Auto® allow use of a smartphone through the MID

Designed for the long-range ride, the 24YM CRF1100L Africa Twin Adventure Sports has an extensive front fairing, designed to provide excellent upper body wind deflection and aerodynamics. It mounts a compact, 5-level height adjustable screen that opens vision while still offering plenty of protection.  

The seat uses optimised foam density to reduce long-distance riding fatigue. Tool-free height adjustment is 835 or 855mm. There is also a Low Seat accessory, which drops seat height down to 795/815mm.

Holding 24.8L, the fuel tank offers a potential range of over 500km, thanks to fuel economy of 4.9L/100km (20.5km/L) (WMTC mode). A large engine sump guard and aluminium rear carrier are included in the specification.

Dual LED headlights are set high, delivering a penetrating beam and feature Daytime Running Lights (DRL) that automatically adjust to ambient light intensity, improving safety, no matter the conditions. For additional security three-stage Cornering Lights use speed and lean angle (controlled by the IMU) to automatically adjust and illuminate the inside left or right area when cornering. Large knuckle guards are standard fitment.

The full colour Multi Information Display (MID) 6.5-inch TFT touch screen keeps the rider in control, with each of the riding modes­ selectable through the top left of the screen. The MID can also be customised to show various levels of information relative to the riding mode chosen and is easy to use even when wearing gloves.

The MID incorporates Apple CarPlay® and Android Auto®, allowing use of a smartphone through the touchscreen. Navigation apps can also be accessed and displayed and, via a Bluetooth helmet headset, calls can be made or received. The smartphone itself plugs into a USB charging port on the right of the MID. Hands-free wireless Bluetooth connectivity is also an option and all control inputs are made from the left-hand switchgear.

The front and rear indicators have an Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) function. When braking suddenly over 50kph the hazard lights flash to warn other road users a hard stop is in process. They also auto-cancel; rather than using a simple timer, the system compares front and rear wheel speed difference and calculates when to cancel the indication relative to the situation. The auto-cancel feature can be switched off and standard-fit cruise control eases long-distance highway travel.

A new high-performance, lightweight and compact lithium-ion battery is standard fit, contributing to mass centralisation.

 

 4. Accessories

  • Huge range of Genuine Honda Accessories ready to go, from Tank Pads to full Pannier/Top Box luggage solutions and each a perfect fit for the Africa Twin
  • Rally, Adventure, Urban and Travel Packs make perfect customisation easy
  • Complete compatibility across the entire line-up

For a bike like the CRF1100L Africa Twin Adventure Sports – which is going to cover a lot of ground – accessories really matter to an owner. And the range grows year on year with each part, no matter how small or large driven by customer use, designed by R&D engineers in Japan and manufactured in Honda centres around the world to exacting standards.

It’s easy, too for a new owner to tailor their Africa Twin via the accessory pack system. Based on four distinct profiles of application they also, thanks to complete compatibly, allow almost limitless customisation options using the packs and individual parts, to build an owner’s ultimate Africa Twin Adventure Sports.

Rally Pack
Designed to enhance the off-road durability and performance. The pack features wide Rally Footpegs for extra leverage and control and Engine Guards/Radiator Grill to minimise damage. For the Africa Twin with manual transmission a Quickshifter is included, while the DCT option gains a Foot Shift Lever. Wheel Stripes add an exclusive splash of colour that complement the overall look.

Adventure Pack
Ready for the long haul. New Front Side Pipes protect bodywork and are constructed from 25mm stainless steel with a polished, electrolytic coating that resists corrosion and is also easy to clean. They also mount the dual Fog Lights in a higher, more aggressive position that on previous models. A 4.5L tank bag provides flexible, easy-to-access storage, while new Side Tank Pads protect paint from knee scuffs and provide additional grip for off-road riding.

Urban Pack
Available in two options – plastic or aluminium. In plastic, a newly redesigned stripe design compliments the 58L Top Box (enough for 2 full-face helmets, comes with a Carrier Bracket, pillion Backrest and Inner Bag. The 42L aluminium Top Box features its own Carrier Bracket and Inner Bag. Finally, a Main Stand makes for straightforward rear wheel/chain maintenance.

Travel Pack 
Like the Urban Pack the Travel Pack comes in plastic or aluminium. 40L left/30L right plastic Pannier Cases – also featuring the newly designed stripes – also feature one-size Inner Bags. The Aluminium Cases – 37L left / 33L right come complete with mounting Stays, and individual Right/Left inner bags. Comfort Pillion Footpegs are the finishing touch. 

Seat Options
A Low Seat option is available for the 25YM CRF1100L Africa Twin Adventure Sports and drops down to 795/815mm.

The line-up is complemented by a 38L Top Box, a black rubber set of Side Tank Pads, and the SC-Project Slip-on Muffler, available in 2 colours, Titanium Silver and Matt Black.

5. Technical Specifications 

ENGINE

Type

Liquid-cooled OHC 4-stroke 8-valve Parallel Twin with 270° crank and uni-cam

Displacement

1084cc

Bore & Stroke

92mm x 81.5mm

Compression Ratio

10.5:1

Max. Power Output

75kW at 7,500rpm

Max. Torque

112Nm at 5,500rpm

Noise Level 

MT: Lurban 75.0dB, Lwot 80.5dB

DCT: Lurban 75.4dB, Lwot 80.4dB

Oil Capacity

MT: 4.8L

DCT: 5.2L

FUEL SYSTEM

Carburation

PGM-FI

Fuel Tank Capacity

24.8L

CO2 Emissions

114g/km

Fuel Consumption

MT: 20.5km/l [4.9 l/100km]

DCT: 20.5km/l [4.9 l/100km]

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Battery Capacity

12V-6Ah Li-ion BATTERY

DRIVETRAIN

Clutch Type

MT: Wet, multiplate with coil springs, Aluminium Cam Assist and Slipper clutch

DCT: 2 wet, multiplate clutches with coil springs

Transmission Type

6 speed manual (6 speed DCT)

Final Drive

O-ring sealed chain

FRAME

Type

Semi double cradle

CHASSIS

Dimensions (L'W'H)

2,305mm X 960mm X 1,475mm

Wheelbase

1,550mm

Caster Angle

27.5°

Trail

106mm

Seat Height

835/855mm (low seat option 795mm)

Ground Clearance

220mm

Kerb Weight

MT: 243kg

DCT: 253kg

Turning radius

2.6M

SUSPENSION

Type Front

SHOWA Telescopic inverted fork with an inner tube diameter of 45mm, and an electronic control unit (SHOWA EERATM) with compression and rebound damping adjustments, 210mm stroke

Type Rear

Monoblock aluminium swing arm with Pro-Link with SHOWA gas-charged damper, hydraulic remote control preload adjuster and electronic control unit (SHOWA EERATM) with compression and rebound damping adjustments, 200 mm rear wheel travel.

WHEELS

Type Front

19M/C x MT2.50 wire spoke with aluminium rim

Type Rear

18M/C x MT4.00 wire spoke with aluminium rim

Tyres Front

110/80-R19M/C 59V (Tubeless type) Bridgestone Battlax Adventure A41

Tyres Rear

150/70-R18M/C 70H (Tubeless type) Bridgestone Battlax Adventure A41

BRAKES

ABS System Type

2 channel with IMU

Selectable ABS MODE with ON road and OFF road

Type Front

310mm dual wave floating hydraulic disc with aluminium hub and radial fit 4-piston calipers and sintered metal pads

Type Rear

256mm wave hydraulic disc with 2-piston caliper and sintered metal pads. 2-channel with rear ABS off mode.

INSTRUMENTS & ELECTRICS

Instruments

LCD Meter, TFT 6.5inch touch panel multi information display

Headlight

LED

Taillight

LED

Connectivity

Bluetooth and Apple CarPlay®/Android Auto® (wired)

USB

Yes

12V Socket

Yes

Auto Winker Cancel

Yes

Quickshifter

Optional (MT only)

Security System

Immobiliser

Cruise Control

Yes

Cornering Lights

Yes

Additional Features

Emergency stop signal, 6 axis IMU, HSTC and Wheelie Control

 

** Please note that the figures provided are results obtained by Honda under standardised testing conditions prescribed by WMTC. Tests are conducted on a rolling road using a standard version of the vehicle with only one rider and no additional optional equipment. Actual fuel consumption may vary depending on how you ride, how you maintain your vehicle, weather, road conditions, tire pressure, installation of accessories, cargo, rider and passenger weight, and other factors.

Honda concludes Moroccan Honda Adventure Roads expedition and announces next instalment of unmissable series

  • Epic trip through stunning landscapes, unforgettable roads and challenging desert terrain of Morocco 
  • 30 participants undertook the adventure with first-hand tuition from Honda’s HRC Dakar Rally riders 
  • Highlights of the expedition can be seen in our latest YouTube video
  • 2025 edition of Honda Adventure Roads will wind its way from Rome to Istanbul  

The latest instalment of Honda’s Adventure Roads series saw 30 amateur riders take on a challenging 2,800km journey over a mixture of terrains and elevations through the beautiful landscape of Morrocco. Beginning in Agadir, participants rode eastwards towards the golden dunes of M’hamid, passing through the Atlas Mountains and the exhilarating Dades Canyon before heading deeper into crumbling mountain passes and valleys towards the cultural city of Fes. The nine-day adventure concluded in Nador, after heading through the Tazekka National Park. 

Following successful previous tours across South Africa, Norway, and Iceland, Honda’s flagship adventure machine, the CRF1100L Africa Twin, proved once again to be the ideal partner to tackle this epic challenge. Participants had the opportunity to sample the bike in its natural environment with either a manual transmission or Honda’s unique Dual Clutch Transmission. The turnkey package also included all top-class accommodation, luggage transport, food, navigation, fuel, medical support and the unique opportunity to learn first-hand from some of HRC’s factory Dakar riders. Invaluable collaborations with a number of premium suppliers, including Alpinestars clothing, Cardo communication, Enduristan waterproof luggage, and Metzeler motorcycle tyres helped elevate the experience even further.   

Highlights of the full 2024 event through the North African nation can be found on our YouTube channel, with more content from the event on our dedicated Instagram page here: @hondaadventureroads

Honda’s Adventure Roads series will return in 2025 for its fifth instalment, with a new transcontinental adventure set to take riders from the heart of Rome, Italy, across eight countries and two continents to the finish line in Istanbul, Turkey.

For more information on all previous Adventure Road trips, and to register your interest in the 2025 edition, please visit your local Honda site.

24YM CRF1100L AFRICA TWIN

Look at our great offers and see how easy it is to take a Honda home.

9.9% APR REPRESENTATIVE**

From £149 a month over 3 years

 

Representative Examples

Personal Contract Purchase (PCP) Representative Example

24YM CRF1100L Africa Twin (PCP)

On The Road (OTR) Price £13,249.00
Customer Deposit £2,856.17
Total Amount Of Credit £10,392.83
Total Charge For Credit £2,650.22
Duration 37 Months
36 Regular Monthly Payments £149.00
Optional Final Payment £7,669.02
Optional Final Payment inc Option To Purchase Fee £7,679.02
Total Amount Payable £15,899.22
APR Representative** 9.9%
Option To Purchase Fee £10.00
Annual Contracted Mileage 4,000
Excess Mileage Charge Per Mile £0.08
Annual Rate Of Interest (Fixed) 9.45%

Hire Purchase (HP) Representative Example

24YM CRF1100L Africa Twin (HP)

On The Road (OTR) Price* £13,249.00
Customer Deposit £3,904.28
Total Amount Of Credit £9,344.72
Total Charge For Credit £1,429.29
Duration 36 Months
36 Regular Monthly Payments £299.00
Total Amount Payable £14,678.29
APR Representative** 9.9%
Option To Purchase Fee £10.00
Annual Rate Of Interest (Fixed) 9.42%

2025 CRF1100L AFRICA TWIN

Look at our great offers and see how easy it is to take a Honda home.

9.9% APR REPRESENTATIVE**

From £149 a month over 3 years

 

Representative Examples

Personal Contract Purchase (PCP) Representative Example

25YM CRF1100L Africa Twin (PCP)

On The Road (OTR) Price* £13,249.00
Customer Deposit £2,772.06
Total Amount Of Credit £10,476.94
Total Charge For Credit £2,678.67
Duration 37 Months
36 Regular Monthly Payments £149.00
Optional Final Payment £7,781.62
Optional Final Payment inc Option To Purchase Fee £7,791.62
Total Amount Payable £15,927.67
APR Representative** 9.9%
Option To Purchase Fee £10.00
Annual Contracted Mileage 4,000
Excess Mileage Charge Per Mile £0.08
Annual Rate Of Interest (Fixed) 9.45%

Hire Purchase (HP) Representative Example

25YM CRF1100L Africa Twin (HP)

On The Road (OTR) Price* £13,249.00
Customer Deposit £3,904.28
Total Amount Of Credit £9,344.72
Total Charge For Credit £1,429.29
Duration 36 Months
36 Regular Monthly Payments £299.00
Total Amount Payable £14,678.29
APR Representative** 9.9%
Option To Purchase Fee £10.00
Annual Rate Of Interest (Fixed) 9.42%

Terms and Conditions

New CRF1100 Africa Twin ABS and DCT (all variants) ordered with Honda and finance approved by Honda Finance Europe from 01 December 2024 to 31 March 2025 and registered by 31 March 2025.

*OTR may be subject to change due to actual or unexpected changes in tariffs, duties taxes or other costs which may affect importation or other costs of supply. Subject to model and colour availability.

Offers applicable at participating dealers and are at the promoter's absolute discretion (excluding Channel Islands). 

**9.9% APR representative Honda Personal Contract Purchase (PCP): Maximum customer deposit 30%. At the end of the agreement, there are three options: i) Retain: Pay the optional final payment to own the vehicle, ii) Return: Return the vehicle, or iii) Renew: Part exchange your Honda for a new one. You do not have to pay the Final Payment if you return the car at the end of the agreement and you have paid all other amounts due, the vehicle is in good condition and has been serviced in accordance with the Honda service book and the maximum annual mileage has not been exceeded. Excess mileage charge includes VAT at current rate.

**9.9% APR representative Honda Hire Purchase (HP): At the end of the agreement, once the option to purchase fee [if applicable] has been paid you will own the vehicle outright, you could then choose to part exchange your Honda for a new one.  

Indemnities may be required in certain circumstances. Finance is only available to persons aged 18 or over, subject to status. All figures are correct at time of publication but may be subject to change. Honda Franchise Dealers are credit brokers, not lenders. As the dealer offers products from a limited number of carefully selected finance providers, they are not independent financial advisors. We may or may not make a payment and / or reward to the dealer if you enter into an agreement with us. Credit provided by Honda Finance Europe Plc. Honda Financial Services is a trading name of Honda Finance Europe Plc. Cain Road, Bracknell, Berkshire RG12 1HL a company registered at Companies House No 03289418. Honda Finance Europe plc is authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority, Financial Services Register number 312541.

CRF1100L Africa Twin DCT Electronic Suspension 2024

CRF1100L Africa Twin DCT Electronic Suspension 2024 From £15,949.00

£15,949.00

CRF1100L Africa Twin Electronic Suspension 2024

CRF1100L Africa Twin Electronic Suspension 2024 From £14,749.00

£14,749.00

CRF1100L Africa Twin 2024

CRF1100L Africa Twin 2024 From £13,249.00

£13,249.00

CRF1100L Africa Twin DCT Electronic Suspension 25

CRF1100L Africa Twin DCT Electronic Suspension 25 From £0.00

£0.00

CRF1100L Africa Twin Electronic Suspension 2025

CRF1100L Africa Twin Electronic Suspension 2025 From £0.00

£0.00

CRF1100L Africa Twin 2025

CRF1100L Africa Twin 2025 From £13,249.00

£13,249.00